AUTHOR OF THIS BLOG

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO, WORLDDRUGTRACKER

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO, Worlddrugtracker, Born in Mumbai in 1964 and graduated from Mumbai University, Completed his PhD from ICT ,1991, Mumbai, India, in Organic chemistry, The thesis topic was Synthesis of Novel Pyrethroid Analogues, Currently he is working with AFRICURE PHARMA as ADVISOR earlier GLENMARK LS Research centre as consultant,Principal Scientist, Process Research (bulk actives) at Mahape, Navi Mumbai, India. Prior to joining Glenmark, he worked with major multinationals like Hoechst Marion Roussel, now sSanofi, Searle India ltd, now Rpg lifesciences, etc. he is now helping millions, has million hits on google on all organic chemistry websites. His New Drug Approvals, Green Chemistry International, Eurekamoments in organic chemistry are some most read blogs He has hands on experience in initiation and developing novel routes for drug molecules and implementation them on commercial scale over a 32 year tenure, good knowledge of IPM, GMP, Regulatory aspects, he has several international drug patents published worldwide . He gas good proficiency in Technology transfer, Spectroscopy, Stereochemistry, Synthesis, polymorphism etc He suffered a paralytic stroke in dec 2007 and is bound to a wheelchair, this seems to have injected feul in him to help chemists around the world, he is more active than before and is pushing boundaries, he has one lakh connections on all networking sites, He makes himself available to all, contact him on +91 9323115463, [email protected]

BARDOXOLONE.. Upcoming blockbuster

 Phase 3 drug  Comments Off on BARDOXOLONE.. Upcoming blockbuster
Mar 042014
 

Bardoxolone methyl.svg

BARDOXOLONE METHYL

Methyl 2-cyano-3,12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)dien-28-oate

methyl 2-cyano-3, 12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)-dien-28-oate

2-Cyano-3,12-dioxoolean-1,9(11)-dien-28-oic acid methyl ester
(6aR,6bS,8aR,12aS,14aR,14bS)-11-Cyano-2,2,6a,6b,9,9,12a-heptamethyl-10,14-dioxo-1,3,4,5,6,6a,6b,7,8,8a,9,10,12a,14,14a,14b-hexadecahydropicene-4a(2H)-carboxylic acid methyl ester

BARD
CDDO-Me
Methyl-CDDO
NSC-713200
RTA-402
TP-155C

218600-53-4  CAS

218600-44-3 (free acid)

Bardoxolone methyl (also known as “RTA 402” and “CDDO-methyl ester”) is an orally-available first-in-class synthetic triterpenoid. It is an inducer of the Nrf2 pathway, which can suppress oxidative stress and inflammation, and is undergoing clinical development for the treatment of advanced chronic kidney disease (CKD) in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients.

Bardoxolone methyl was previously being investigated by Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in partnership with Abbott Laboratories and Kyowa Hakko Kirin, as an experimental therapy for advanced chronic kidney disease (CKD) in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients. Reata, in consultation with the BEACON Steering Committee, has decided to terminate the Phase 3 BEACON trial of bardoxolone methyl in patients with stage 4 chronic kidney disease and type 2 diabetes. This decision was made based upon a recommendation of the Independent Data Monitoring Committee (IDMC) to stop the trial “for safety concerns due to excess serious adverse events and mortality in the bardoxolone methyl arm.” [1][2][3][4]

RTA-402 is a triterpenoid anti-inflammatory agent in phase II trials at Reata Pharmaceuticals for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension.

This company and M.D. Anderson Cancer Center had been evaluating clinically the product for the treatment of lymphoma. Reata had been evaluating the compound in combination with gemcitabine in patients with unresectable pancreatic cancer and melanoma. Preclinical studies were also being conducted by Reata for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and autoimmune disease. Reata Pharmaceuticals and Kyowa Hakko Kirin had been conducting phase II clinical studies for the treatment of diabetic nephropathy. Reata and Abbott also had been conducting phase III clinical trials for delaying progression to end-stage renal disease in patients with chronic kidney disease and type 2 diabetes; however, in 2012 these trials were discontinued due to serious adverse events and mortality. Phase II clinical trials for this indication were discontinued by Kyowa Hakko Kirin in Japan. The compound had been in early clinical studies for the treatment of multiple myeloma; however, no recent development has been reported for this indication. Phase I clinical trials for the treatment of solid tumors have been completed.

RTA-402 has demonstrated a wide variety of potentially therapeutic mechanisms, including inhibition of inducible nitric oxide synthase and cyclooxygenase expression, stimulation of expression of cytoprotective enzymes such as NAD(P)H quinine oxidoreductase and hemeoxygenase-1, and reduction in pSTAT3 levels. In cancer patients, the drug candidate exploits fundamental physiological differences between cancerous and non-cancerous cells by modulating oxidative stress response pathways. Due to this mechanism, RTA-402 is toxic to cancer cells, but induces protective antioxidant and anti-inflammatory responses in normal cells. In previous studies, the compound was shown to inhibit growth and cause regression of cancerous tumors as a single agent and, in combination with radiation and chemotherapy, to suppress radiation and chemotherapy-induced toxicities in normal tissues and cause minimal toxicity in non-human primates when dosed orally at very high doses for 28 consecutive days.

An analog of RTA-401, RTA-402 is a compound found in medicinal plants with a greater potency than the natural product.

RTA-401 was originally developed at Dartmouth College and M.D. Anderson Cancer Center. In November 2004, Reata completed a license agreement with these organizations, and was granted exclusive worldwide rights to this new class of anticancer compounds. In 2008, orphan drug designation was assigned by the FDA for the treatment of pancreatic cancer. In 2010, the compound was licensed to Kyowa Hakko Kirin by Reata Pharmaceuticals in China, Japan, Korea, Thailand and Southeast Asian countries for the treatment of chronic kidney disease. Abbott acquired rights to develop and commercialize the drug outside US, excluding certain Asian markets.

Phase 1

Bardoxolone methyl was first advanced into the clinic to assess its anticancer properties. In two Phase 1 trials that included 81 oncology patients, bardoxolone methyl reduced serum creatinine levels, with a corresponding improvement in estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR). Improvements were more pronounced in a subset of patients with established CKD and were maintained over time in patients who continued on bardoxolone methyl therapy for 5 months. Based on these observed effects and the well-described role of oxidative stress and inflammation in CKD, especially in type 2 diabetes, it was hypothesized that bardoxolone methyl could improve renal function in CKD patients with type 2 diabetes.[5]

Phase 2

A multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial (BEAM) conducted in the US studied 227 patients with moderate to severe CKD (eGFR 20 – 45 ml/min/1.73m²) and type 2 diabetes. The primary endpoint was change in estimated GFR following 24 weeks of treatment. Following 24 weeks, patients treated with bardoxolone methyl experienced a mean increase in estimated GFR of over 10 ml/min/1.73m², compared with no change in the placebo group. Approximately three-quarters of bardoxolone methyl treated patients experienced an improvement in eGFR of 10 percent or more, including one-quarter who saw a significant improvement of 50% or more compared to less than 2% of patients on placebo. Adverse events were generally manageable and mild to moderate in severity. The most frequently reported adverse event in the bardoxolone methyl group was muscle spasm. Final data was published in The New England Journal of Medicine.

Concerns have been raised whether there is a true improvement in kidney function because of the significant weight loss of the patients in the active-treatment-group that ranged from 7.7-10.1 kg (7-10% of the initial body weight) and whether this weight loss in patients receiving bardoxolone included muscle wasting with a commensurate decrease in the serum creatinine level. In that case the decrease in creatinine would not necessarily be a true improvement in kidney function.[6][7][8][9][10]

Phase 3

A multinational, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 3 outcomes study (BEACON) was started in June 2011, testing bardoxolone methyl’s impact on progression to ESRD or cardiovascular death in 1600 patients with Stage 4 CKD (eGFR 15 – 30 ml/min/1.73m²) and type 2 diabetes. This phase 3 trail was halted in October 2012 because of adverse effects (namely a higher cardiovascular mortality in the treatment arm).[11]

Mechanism of action

Bardoxolone methyl is an inducer of the KEAP1Nrf2 pathway.

………………

WO1999065478A1

In a preferred embodiment, such compounds include derivatives of ursolic acid and oleanoic acid. In a particularly preferred embodiment, derivatives of OA, e.g., 2-cyano-3,12-dioxoolean-l,9-dien-28oic acid (CDDO):

Figure imgf000014_0002

have been found to be effective in suppression of human breast cancer cell growth, and highly potent in many vitro assay systems such as: suppression of nitric oxide and prostaglandin production in macrophages, inhibition of growth of human breast cancer cells, suppression of nitric oxide formation in rat prostate cells, and suppression of prostaglandin formation in human colon fibroblasts, as detailed in the Figures.

Compounds were synthesized as below:

Figure imgf000017_0001

Scheme 1

Figure imgf000017_0002

Scheme 2

a: HCO2Et/MeONa/THF,b: PhSeCl/AcOEt; 30%H202/THF,c: NH2OH-HCI EtOH/H2O, d: MeONa/MeOH/Et2O,e: KOH/MeOH,f: Jones,g:HCO2Et/MeONa/PhH,h: Lil/DMF Compound 10 was prepared by formylation of OA (Compound 9) (Simonsen and Ross, 1957) with ethyl formate in the presence of sodium methoxide in THF (Clinton et al., 1961). Compound 7 was obtained by introduction of a double bond at C-l of Compound 10 with phenylselenenyl chloride in ethyl acetate and sequential addition of 30%) hydrogen peroxide (Sharpless et al, 1973). Compound 11 was synthesized from Compound 10 by addition of hydroxylamine in aqueous ethanol; cleavage of Compound 11 with sodium methoxide gave Compound 12 (Johnson and Shelberg, 1945). Compound 14 was prepared from Compound 13 (Picard et al, 1939) by alkali hydrolysis followed by Jones oxidation. Compound 15 was prepared by formylation of Compound 14 with ethyl formate in the presence of sodium methoxide in benzene. Compound 16 was synthesized from Compound 15 by addition of hydroxylamine. Cleavage of 16 with sodium methoxide gave Compound 17. Compound 6 (CDDO) was prepared by introduction of a double bond at C-l of Compound 17 with phenylselenenyl chloride in ethyl acetate and sequential addition of 30% hydrogen peroxide, followed by halogenolysis with lithium iodide in DMF (Dean, P.D.G., 1965).

………………………………………………

WO2009/146216 A2,

Figure imgf000075_0001

Compounds 401, 402, 404, 402-04, 402-35 and 402-56 can be prepared according to the methods taught by Honda et al. (1998), Honda et al. (2000b), Honda et al. (2002), Yates et al. (2007), and U.S. Patent 6,974,801, which are all incorporated herein by reference. The synthesis of the other compounds are disclosed in the following applications, each of which is incorporated herein by reference: U.S. Application Nos. 61/046,332, 61/046,342, 61/046,363, 61/046,366, 61/111,333, 61/111,269, and 61/111,294. The synthesis of the other compounds are also disclosed in the following separate applications filed concurrently herewith, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entireties: U.S. Patent Application by Eric Anderson, Xin Jiang, Xiaofeng Liu; Melean Visnick, entitled “Antioxidant Inflammation Modulators: Oleanolic Acid Derivatives With Saturation in the C- Ring,” filed April 20, 2009; U.S. Patent Application by Eric Anderson, Xin Jiang and Melean Visnick, entitled “Antioxidant Inflammation Modulators: Oleanolic Acid Derivatives with Amino and Other Modifications At C-17,” filed April 20, 2009; U.S. Patent Application by Xin Jiang, Xioafeng Liu, Jack Greiner, Stephen S. Szucs, Melean Visnick entitled, “Antioxidant Inflammation Modulators: C-17 Homologated Oleanolic Acid Derivatives,” filed April 20, 2009.

………………………………………………

Chemical Communications, 2011 ,  vol. 47,   33  p. 9495 – 9497

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/Content/ArticleLanding/2011/CC/c1cc11633a#!divAbstract

http://www.rsc.org/suppdata/cc/c1/c1cc11633a/c1cc11633a.pdf NMR GIVEN

Graphical abstract: DDQ-promoted dehydrogenation from natural rigid polycyclic acids or flexible alkyl acids to generate lactones by a radical ion mechanism

2-Cyano-3,12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)-dien-28-oate (CDDO)
A mixture of 1 (0.25 g, 0.51 mmol) and DDQ (0.12 g, 0.51 mmol) in anhydrous benzene (20 mL) was
refluxed for 15 min. After filtration, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a residue, which was
subjected to flash column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give CDDO as an amorphous
solid (0.23 g, 91%). The title compound was known as CAS 218600-44-3

m.p. 180-182 °C;
ESI-MS: 490 [M-H]-, 492 [M+H]+;

1H NMR (300M Hz, CDCl3, 25 °C, TMS): δ 8.05 (1H, s), 5.99 (1H, s), 3.03-2.98 (2H, m), 1.55,1.38,
1.34, 1.22, 1.00, 0.91, 0.85 (each 3H,s ,CH3) ppm.

………………………..

SYNTHESIS

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2000 ,  vol. 43,   22  p. 4233 – 4246

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm0002230

Abstract Image

BARDOXOLONE METHYL…………Methyl 2-Cyano-3,12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)-dien-28-oate (25). A mixture of 64 (1.51 g, 2.97 mmol) and DDQ (98%) (0.77 g, 3.32 mmol) in dry benzene (80 mL) was heated under reflux for 30 min. After insoluble matter was removed by filtration, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a solid. The solid was subjected to flash column chromatography [benzene−acetone (10:1)] to give 25 as an amorphous solid (1.38 g, 92%):  [α]23D +33° (c 0.68, CHCl3). UV (EtOH) λmax (log ε):  244 (4.07) nm. IR (KBr):  2950, 2872, 2233, 1722, 1690, 1665 cm-1. 1H NMR (CDCl3):  δ 8.04 (1H, s), 5.96 (1H, s), 3.68 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, ddd, J = 3.4, 4.9, 13.4 Hz), 2.92 (1H, d, J = 4.9 Hz), 1.47, 1.31, 1.24, 1.15, 0.99, 0.98, 0.88 (each 3H, s). 13C NMR (CDCl3):  δ 199.0, 196.8, 178.3, 168.6, 165.9, 124.2, 114.7, 114.6, 52.1, 49.8, 47.8, 47.3, 45.9, 45.2, 42.7, 42.2, 35.9, 34.6, 33.4, 32.9, 31.8, 31.6, 30.8, 28.1, 27.1, 26.8, 24.7, 23.2, 22.7, 21.8, 21.7, 18.4. EIMS (70 eV) m/z:  505 [M]+(100), 490 (81), 430 (42), 315 (47), 269 (40). HREIMS Calcd for C32H43O4N: 505.3192. Found:  505.3187. Anal. (Table 1).
FREE ACID
2-Cyano-3,12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)-dien-28-oic Acid (26). A mixture of 25 (612 mg, 1.21 mmol) and LiI (3.0 g) in dry DMF (10 mL) was heated under reflux for 4 h. To the mixture were added water and 5% aqueous HCl solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (three times). The extract was washed with water (three times) and saturated aqueous NaCl solution (three times), dried over MgSO4, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give an amorphous solid. The solid was subjected to flash column chromatography [hexanes−EtOAc (1:1) followed by CH2Cl2−MeOH (15:1)] to give crude 26 (530 mg). The crude product was purified by recrystallization from benzene to give crystals. To remove benzene completely, the crystals were dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give benzene-free26 as an amorphous solid (405 mg, 68%):  [α]22D +33 ° (c 0.28, CHCl3). UV (EtOH) λmax (log ε):  240 (4.21) nm. IR (KBr):  2950, 2867, 2235, 1692, 1665 cm-1. 1H NMR (CDCl3):  δ 8.05 (1H, s), 6.00 (1H, s), 3.06−2.98 (2H, m), 1.48, 1.34, 1.25, 1.16, 1.02, 1.00, 0.90 (each 3H, s). 13C NMR (CDCl3):  δ 199.0, 196.8, 183.7, 168.8, 165.9, 124.2, 114.7, 114.5, 49.8, 47.8, 47.1, 45.9, 45.2, 42.7, 42.3, 35.8, 34.5, 33.3, 33.0, 31.8, 31.5, 30.8, 28.1, 27.1, 26.8, 24.8, 23.2, 22.6, 21.72, 21.71, 18.4. EIMS (70 eV) m/z:  491 [M]+ (100), 476 (62), 445 (29), 430 (27), 269 (94). HREIMS Calcd for C31H41O4N:  491.3036. Found:  491.3020. Anal. (Table 1).
…………………………………………..

Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1998 ,  vol. 8,   19  p. 2711 – 2714

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X9800479X

Full-size image (3 K)

………………………………………………………………………

Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2005 ,  vol. 15,  # 9  p. 2215 – 2219

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X05003306

Full-size image (5 K)

………………..

WO2002047611A2

Method of synthesis of CDDO. CDDO may be synthesized by the scheme outlined below.

Figure imgf000016_0001

Methyl-CDDO. Methyl-CDDO (CDDO-Me), the C-28 methyl ester of CDDO, also exerts strong antiproliferative and apoptotic effects on leukemic cell lines and in primary AML samples in vitro as well as induces monocytic differentiation of leukemic cell lines and some primary AMLs. Thus, CDDO-Me provides chemotherapy for the treatment of leukemias. The present invention demonstrates that this effect is profoundly increased by combination of CDDO-Me with other chemotherapeutic agents. These include retinoids such as ATRA, 9-cis retinoic acid, , LG100268, LGD1069 (Targretin, bexarotene), fenretinide [N-(4- hydroxyphenyl)retinamide, 4-HPR], CD437 and other RXR and RAR-specific ligands. This combination also increases ara-C cytotoxicity, further reduces AML colony formation, inhibits ERK phosphorylation and promotes Bcl-2 dephosphorylation, and inhibits in vitro angiogenesis. The ability of CDDO-Me in combination with retinoids to induce differentiation in leukemic cells in vitro show that these compounds may have similar in vivo effects. The anti-angiogenic properties of CDDO-Me further increase its potent anti-leukemia activity in combination with retinoids. Furthermore, CDDO-Me was found to be more potent at lower concentrations than CDDO.

Method of synthesis of CDDO-Me.

CDDO-Me may be synthesized by the scheme outlined below.

Figure imgf000017_0001

The present invention provides combinations of CDDO-compounds and chemotherapeutic agents that are useful as treatments for cancers and hematological malignancies. In one embodiment, the chemotherapeutics are retinoids. As CDDO- compounds are PPARγ ligands and PPARγ is known to be altered in many types of cancers, the inventors contemplate, that ligation of PPARγ in combination with retinoids such as, RXR-specific ligands, provides a mechanistic basis for maximal increase in transcriptional activity of the target genes that control apoptosis and differentiation. The CDDO-compounds and retinoids in combination demonstrate an increased ability to induce differentiation, induce cytotoxicity, induce apoptosis, induce cell killing, reduce colony formation and inhibit the growth of several types of leukemic cells.

…………………..

Org Lett. 2013 Apr 5;15(7):1622-5. doi: 10.1021/ol400399x. Epub 2013 Mar 26.

Efficient and scalable synthesis of bardoxolone methyl (cddo-methyl ester).

Bardoxolone methyl (2-cyano-3,12-dioxooleane-1,9(11)-dien-28-oic acid methyl ester; CDDO-Me) (1), a synthetic oleanane triterpenoid with highly potent anti-inflammatory activity (levels below 1 nM), has completed a successful phase I clinical trial for the treatment of cancer and a successful phase II trial for the treatment of chronic kidney disease in type 2 diabetes patients. Our synthesis of bardoxolone methyl (1) proceeds in ∼50% overall yield in five steps from oleanolic acid (2), requires only one to two chromatographic purifications, and can provide gram quantities of 1.

References

  1.  “Bardoxolone methyl – Oral, Once Daily AIM for Renal/Cardiovascular/Metabolic Diseases”Reata PharmaceuticalsArchived from the original on 15 July 2011. Retrieved June 2, 2011.
  2.  “Abbott and Reata Pharmaceuticals Announce Agreement to Develop and Commercialize Bardoxolone Methyl for Chronic Kidney Disease Outside the U.S.” (Press release). Reata Pharmaceuticals. September 23, 2010. Retrieved June 2, 2011.
  3.  “Reata Pharmaceuticals Licenses Chronic Kidney Disease Drug Bardoxolone Methyl to Kyowa Hakko Kirin”(Press release). Reata Pharmaceuticals. January 7, 2010. Retrieved June 2, 2011.
  4. “Company Statement: Termination of Beacon Trial”.Reata Pharmaceuticals. Retrieved October 18, 2012.
  5. Pergola, P. E.; Krauth, M.; Huff, J. W.; Ferguson, D. A.; Ruiz, S.; Meyer, C. J.; Warnock, D. G. (2011). “Effect of Bardoxolone Methyl on Kidney Function in Patients with T2D and Stage 3b–4 CKD”. American Journal of Nephrology 33 (5): 469–476. doi:10.1159/000327599PMID 21508635.
  6. Pergola, P. E.; Raskin, P.; Toto, R. D.; Meyer, C. J.; Huff, J. W.; Grossman, E. B.; Krauth, M.; Ruiz, S.; Audhya, P.; Christ-Schmidt, H.; Wittes, J.; Warnock, D. G.; Beam Study, I. (2011). “Bardoxolone Methyl and Kidney Function in CKD with Type 2 Diabetes” (pdf). New England Journal of Medicine 365 (4): 327–336.doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1105351PMID 21699484edit
  7.  van Laecke, S.; Vanholder, R. (2011). “Communication: Bardoxolone methyl, chronic kidney disease, and type 2 diabetes”New England Journal of Medicine 365 (18): 1745, author reply 1746–1747.doi:10.1056/NEJMc1110239PMID 22047578.
  8. Rogacev, K. S.; Bittenbring, J. T.; Fliser, D. (2011).“Communication: Bardoxolone methyl, chronic kidney disease, and type 2 diabetes”New England Journal of Medicine 365 (18): 1745–1746, author reply 1746–1747.doi:10.1056/NEJMc1110239PMID 22047579.
  9. Upadhyay, A.; Sarnak, M. J.; Levey, A. S. (2011).“Communication: Bardoxolone methyl, chronic kidney disease, and type 2 diabetes”New England Journal of Medicine 365 (18): 1746, author reply 1746–1747.doi:10.1056/NEJMc1110239PMID 22047580.
  10.  McMahon, G. M.; Forman, J. P. (2011). “Communication: Bardoxolone methyl, chronic kidney disease, and type 2 diabetes”New England Journal of Medicine 365 (18): 1746, author reply 1746–1747.doi:10.1056/NEJMc1110239PMID 22047581.
  11.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01351675 Bardoxolone Methyl Evaluation in Patients With Chronic Kidney Disease and Type 2 Diabetes (BEACON)
  12. Design and synthesis of 2-cyano-3,12-dioxoolean-1,9-dien-28-oic acid, a novel and highly active inhibitor of nitric oxide production in mouse macrophages
    Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1998, 8(19): 2711
  13. Novel synthetic oleanate triterpenoids: A series of highly active inhibitors of nitric production in mouse macrophages
    Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1999, 9(24): 3429
  14. WO 1999065478
  15. WO 2013169553
  16. CN 102875634
  17. US 2012330050
  18.  US 2012071684
  19. WO 2011130302
  20. WO 2010093944
  21. WO 2009089545
  22. WO 2009023232
  23. WO 2008111497
  24. Anderson, Amy C.; Browning, R. Greg; Couch, Robin D.; Gribble, Gordon W.; Honda, Tadashi; Wright, Dennis L.; Sporn, Michael B.
    Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2005 ,  vol. 15,  9  p. 2215 – 2219
  25. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2004 ,  vol. 47,  20  p. 4923 – 4932
  26. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2000 ,  vol. 43,   22  p. 4233 – 4246
  27. Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2002 ,  vol. 12,   7  p. 1027 – 1030
  28. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2000 ,  vol. 43,   22  p. 4233 – 4246
  29. Chemical Communications, 2011 ,  vol. 47,   33  p. 9495 – 9497
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
US8440854 * Jan 23, 2012 May 14, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with amino acid and other modifications at C-17
US8513436 Dec 19, 2011 Aug 20, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrazolyl and pyrimidinyl tricyclic enones as antioxidant inflammation modulators
WO2002047611A2 * Nov 28, 2001 Jun 20, 2002 Univ Texas Cddo-compounds and combination therapies thereof
WO2008064132A2 * Nov 16, 2007 May 29, 2008 Dartmouth College Synthetic triterpenoids and tricyclic-bis-enones for use in stimulating bone and cartilage growth
WO2009118441A1 * Feb 12, 2009 Oct 1, 2009 Consejo Superior De Investigaciones Cientifícas Use of pentacyclic triterpene for the preparation of a pharmaceutical compound intended for the treatment of multiple sclerosis
WO2013083659A1 Dec 5, 2012 Jun 13, 2013 Cambridge Enterprise Limited Combination treatment comprising ho – 1 inhibitor and immunotherapeutic agent
US7176237 Jan 15, 2003 Feb 13, 2007 The Trustees Of Dartmouth College Tricyclic-bis-enone derivatives and methods of use thereof
US7435755 Nov 28, 2001 Oct 14, 2008 The Trustees Of Dartmouth College CDDO-compounds and combination therapies thereof
US7678830 Feb 7, 2007 Mar 16, 2010 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Tricyclic-bis-enone derivatives and methods of use thereof
US7714012 Nov 16, 2007 May 11, 2010 Trustees Of Dartmouth University Synthesis and biological activities of new tricyclic-bis-enones (TBEs)
US7795305 Oct 10, 2008 Sep 14, 2010 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System CDDO-compounds and combination therapies thereof
US7863327 May 3, 2005 Jan 4, 2011 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Therapeutic compounds and methods of use
US7915402 Apr 20, 2009 Mar 29, 2011 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with saturation in the C-ring
US7943778 Apr 20, 2009 May 17, 2011 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: C-17 homologated oleanolic acid derivatives
US8034955 Oct 29, 2007 Oct 11, 2011 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Therapeutic compounds and methods of use
US8067394 May 10, 2010 Nov 29, 2011 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Synthesis and biological activities of new tricyclic-bis-enones (TBEs)
US8067465 Mar 11, 2010 Nov 29, 2011 The Trustees Of Dartmouth College Tricyclic-bis-enone derivatives and methods of use thereof
US8071632 Apr 20, 2009 Dec 6, 2011 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: novel derivatives of oleanolic acid
US8124656 Feb 23, 2011 Feb 28, 2012 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with saturation in the C-ring
US8124799 Apr 20, 2009 Feb 28, 2012 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with amino and other modifications at C-17
US8129429 Jan 12, 2009 Mar 6, 2012 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthetic triterpenoids and methods of use in the treatment of disease
US8258329 Apr 20, 2009 Sep 4, 2012 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dehydroandrosterone analogs including an anti-inflammatory pharmacore and methods of use
US8299046 Nov 16, 2007 Oct 30, 2012 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Synthetic triterpenoids and tricyclic-bis-enones for use in stimulating bone and cartilage growth
US8314137 Jul 22, 2009 Nov 20, 2012 Trustess Of Dartmouth College Monocyclic cyanoenones and methods of use thereof
US8338618 Nov 11, 2011 Dec 25, 2012 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: novel derivatives of oleanolic acid
US8394967 Feb 23, 2011 Mar 12, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: C-17 homologated oleanolic acid derivatives
US8440820 Jan 11, 2012 May 14, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with saturation in the C-ring
US8440854 Jan 23, 2012 May 14, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with amino acid and other modifications at C-17
US8455544 Jan 26, 2012 Jun 4, 2013 Reata Pharmaecuticals, Inc. Synthetic triterpenoids and methods of use in the treatment of disease
US8513436 Dec 19, 2011 Aug 20, 2013 Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrazolyl and pyrimidinyl tricyclic enones as antioxidant inflammation modulators
US8586775 Aug 24, 2011 Nov 19, 2013 Trustees Of Dartmouth College Therapeutic compounds and methods of use
Tadashi Honda
Professor Honda received his B.S. degree in Chemistry in 1974, his M.S. degree in Organic Chemistry in 1976, and his Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry in 1979 from the University of Tokyo. In 1979, he joined the Department of Drug Discovery Chemistry at Suntory Institute for Biomedical Research in Japan and worked there as a drug synthetic chemist (finally senior researcher) for 13 years. In 1991, he joined the Central Pharmaceutical Research Institute at Japan Tobacco Inc. and worked as a chief senior researcher for 3 years. In 1995, he joined Dr. Gribble’s laboratory at Dartmouth College as a research associate. In 1998, he joined the research faculty of Dartmouth College. In 2005, he was promoted to Research Associate Professor.http://www.dartmouth.edu/~chem/faculty/th.html

Dr. Honda and his collaborators have further explored new structures based on CDDO and different five-ringed triterpenoids.

During the course of these investigations, Dr. Honda has designed three-ringed compounds with similar enone functionalities in rings A and C to those of CDDO, but having a much simpler structure than five-ringed triterpenoids. He and his collaborators have found that they are also a novel class of potent anti-inflammatory, cytoprotective, growth suppressive, and pro-apoptotic compounds. Amongst such three-ringed compounds, TBE-31 with the C-8a ethynyl group is much more potent than CDDO in various bioassays in vitro and in vivo. Thus, further investigation (design, synthesis, biological evaluation, etc.) of new TBE-31 analogues is currently being performed in order to discover analogues having different and/or better features than TBE-31, for example, higher potency and lower toxicity, better bioavailability and different distributions in organs, high water-solubility and so on.

figure2

Mechanism studies suggest that CDDO regulates various molecules regarding inflammation, differentiation, apoptosis, and proliferation by reversible Michael addition between the cyano enone functionality of CDDO and the sulfhydryl groups of cysteine moieties on these molecules. Based on this fact and the structure of TBE-31, Dr. Honda has designed single-ringed compounds, which represent the ideal simple structure. The synthesis of these new compounds is currently in progress.

figure3

Share

LUPIN.. giant leap forward

 companies, Uncategorized  Comments Off on LUPIN.. giant leap forward
Mar 022014
 

The Lupin Logo.svg

Lupin Limited

news

Expanding domestic portfolio, ability to maintain market share in current products and new launches are key growth triggers
The lipid control or cholesterol lowering segment is emerging as a key growth driver for Lupin’s sales in the US. The first among three products is Tricor. The Lupin stock had corrected about five per cent in May on the announcement that Mylan would launch the $1.2 billion (Rs 7,200 crore) drug in tablet form.

Lupin has been able to maintain its generic market share so far with a share of 34 per cent vis-a-vis Mylan (market share of one-two per cent). While Balaji Prasad and Rohit Goel of Barclays estimate the drug will contribute about $29 million to Lupin’s revenues in the June 2014 quarter, Ebitda margins are expected to expand by 210 basis points, feel analysts at Kotak Securities.

Though the launch of generics in capsule form by Mylan has to be watched carefully, Lupin’s Antara, along with authorised generics, continues to dominate with 70 per cent share, observes Hitesh Mahida at Fortune Research.

In addition to Tricor, two other products in the cholesterol lowering segment the company is eyeing are Trilipix and Niaspan. Instead of a launch in January 2014 as was anticipated earlier, the company is now likely to launch the generics version of this $550 million drug Trilipix this month.

While the company says it is mulling options about the launch, Edelweiss analysts believe an early launch is likely to add $11 million in FY14 and about $15 million in FY15 to the company’s revenues. The third drug in this segment is Niaspan, to be launched in March 2014 and expected to add about $35 million to the company’s revenues in FY15. Together, the three cholesterol controlling drugs are expected to contribute $85-90 million to FY15 sales for Lupin.

Lupin Limited is a transnational pharmaceutical company based in Mumbai. It is the 2nd largest Indian pharma company by market capitalization;[14] the 14th largest generic pharmaceutical company globally[15] and; the 5th largest generic pharmaceutical company in the US by prescription-led market share.[16] It has the distinction of being the fastest growing generic pharmaceutical player in the two largest pharmaceutical markets of the world – the US[17] and Japan;[18] and is the 5th largest [19] and the fastest growing generic pharmaceutical player in South Africa.[20]

 

Market Position in the US gradually improving

Lupin 5thlargest generic company in the US in terms of prescriptions

14 products are market leader and 27 (among top 3) out of 30

Type Public
Traded as BSE500257
NSELUPIN
Industry Pharmaceuticals
Founded 1968 [1]
Founder(s) Dr. Desh Bandhu Gupta[2]
Headquarters MumbaiMaharashtra[3]India
Key people Dr. Kamal K Sharma, Vice Chairman;[4]……………………………………..Vinita Gupta, Chief Executive Officer, Lupin Limited;[5]

………………….

Nilesh Gupta, Managing Director;[6]

<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br />
Modest rise: Lupin executive director and group president Nilesh Gupta<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br />

 

……………
Shakti Chakraborty, Group President – India Region Formulations & CIS;[7]

…………………….
Vinod Dhawan, Group President AAMLA & Business Development;[8]

This is how Lupin cracked the Japanese pharma market

 

…………………….
Ramesh Swaminathan, President Finance & Planning.[9]

Ramesh Swaminathan, President - Fin, Lupin

New leadership team at Lupin from September 2013[10]

Products Pharmaceuticals, branded andgeneric drugsbiotechnology, Advanced Drug Delivery SystemsNew Chemical Entity ResearchvaccinesOver-the-Counter drugs
Revenue Increase INR9461 crore (US$1.5 billion) (2012-2013)[11][12]
Profit Increase INR1314 crore(US$210 million) (2013)
Employees 11355[13]
Subsidiaries Lupin Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Kyowa Pharmaceutical Industry Co. Ltd.
I’rom Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.
Pharma Dynamics
Multicare Pharmaceuticals
Generic Health Pte. Ltd.
Hormosan Pharma GmbH
Website www.lupinworld.com

2012 .http://icra.in/Files/ticker/Indian%20Pharmaceutical%20Sector.pdf

 

History and Evolution

Lupin was founded in 1968 by Dr. Desh Bandhu Gupta,[21] then an Associate Professor at BITS-PilaniRajasthan. Named after the Lupin flowerbecause of its inherent qualities and what it personifies and stands for, the company was created with a vision to fight life threatening infectious diseases and to manufacture drugs of the highest social priority.

Lupin first gained recognition when it became one of the world’s largest manufacturers of tuberculosis drugs.[22] The company today has a significant market share in key markets in the Cardiovascular (prils and statins), DiabetologyAsthmaPediatricsCNS, GI, Anti-Infectives and NSAIDs therapy segments. It also has a global leadership position in the Anti-TB and Cephalosporin segments. The company’s R&D endeavours have resulted in significant progress in its NCE program. Lupin’s foray into Advanced Drug Delivery Systems has resulted in the development of platform technologies that are being used to develop value-added generic pharmaceuticals. Its manufacturing facilities, spread across India and Japan, have played a critical role in enabling the company realize its global aspirations. Benchmarked to International standards, these facilities are approved by international regulatory agencies including the US FDAUK MHRA, Japan’s MHLWTGA AustraliaWHO, and the MCC South Africa.

Research and Development

Lupin’s Research Program covers the entire pharma value chain. The company’s global R&D program is headquartered out of the Lupin Research Park located near Pune that houses over 1200 scientists. Lupin’s R&D covers:

  • Generics Research
  • Process Research
  • Pharmaceutical Research
  • Advanced Drug Delivery Systems (ADDS) Research
  • Intellectual Property Management
  • Novel Drug Discovery and Development (NDDD)
  • Biotechnology Research

Differentiation is the heart of our research efforts at Lupin. We have created a truly unique world-class research program, designed to ensure a sustainable pipeline of high-value opportunities to maximise growth.

Research and Development is at the core and is the most critical part of any pharmaceutical company. At Lupin we see R&D differently. It is fundamentally about creativity, originality and being aware of what is really required. At Lupin, our Research & Development program has been the key to our sustained growth over the past ten years; growth that has made us one of the most exciting research driven pharmaceutical companies globally; a hotbed of differentiation and innovation. Today we are building the future by strengthening our research foundation through prudent investments that position us at the cutting-edge of technology, helping us deliver complex products that very few in the world can.

Headquartered at the state-of-the-art Lupin Research Park in Pune, India, the Company’s research program is home to over 1,400 scientists. The Company’s global research operations are spread over multiple research facilities in India and Japan. During FY 2013, the Company invested 7.5% of its net sales in Research & Development and related spends, amounting to 7,098 million. FY 2013 was a record year in terms of progress made all around, be it our pace of filing DMFs (Drug Master Files) and ANDAs (Abbreviated New Drug Applications), progress in our drug discovery and development program, milestones in our drug delivery program and approvals in our biotechnology program.

NOVEL DRUG DISCOVERY & DEVELOPMENT

Long-term, one of the Company’s biggest differentiators will be its Novel Drug Discovery and Development (NDDD) program. The Program focuses on the discovery, development and commercialisation of new drugs that address disease areas with significantly unmet medical need. Lupin’s NDDD efforts are directed towards identifying and developing new therapies for disease areas that include metabolic/endocrine disorders, pain and inflammation, autoimmune diseases, CNS disorders, cancer and infectious diseases.

Scientists at NDDD have been able to create a portfolio of novel compounds that are moving through a robust pipeline from discovery to development. This steady movement will ensure that at least one compound enters the clinical phase in terms of first-in-human studies each year. Lupin has adopted a ‘Quick-win, fail-fast’ cost-efficient development approach, in which novel compounds are filtered at every stage before entering development and differentiated by efficacy with a focus on enhanced safety.
Highlights, FY 2013

Successfully completed Phase I studies in Europe for a program in the CNS area, which is being advanced to Phase II clinical trials in Europe now

  • Candidates from two programs in the area of endocrine disorders and cancer will enter clinical development in FY 2014
  • Six other programs in various stages of discovery across different therapy areas
  • Strong intellectual property creation and management strategy in place, with a total of over 80 patent applications filed to date


Therapeutic Targets

Therapy Area  Differentiated Pipeline
METABOLIC / ENDOCRINE DISEASES NOVEL MECHANISMS FOR NEW ANTI-DIABETICS
PAIN / INFLAMMATION HOLY GRAIL OF PAIN REMEDY
AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASES TARGETED FOR RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS AND OTHER IMMUNE DISORDERS
CNS DISORDERS ROBUST TREATMENTS FOR COGNITIVE DEFICITS IN DIFFERENT CNS CONDITIONS
ONCOLOGY HIGHLY DIFFERENTIATED ANTI-CANCER TREATMENT (HITTING ONLY CANCER CELLS)
INFECTIOUS DISEASES HIGHLY POTENT ANTI-VIRAL THERAPY

 

Businesses

Lupin’s businesses encompass the entire pharmaceutical value chain, ranging from branded and generic formulations, APIs, advanced drug deliverysystems to biotechnology. The company’s drugs reach 70 countries[23] with a footprint that covers Advanced Markets such as USA, Europe, Japan,[24] Australia as well as Emerging Markets including India,[25] the Philippines and South Africa to name a few.

KEY MARKETS AND BUSINESSES

USA
Headquartered in BaltimoreMarylandLupin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (LPI), the company’s US subsidiary is a $ 706 million enterprise.[26] LPI has a presence in the branded and generics markets of the US. In the branded business, Lupin operates in the CVS and Pediatric segments. The company is the market leader in 24 products out of the 46 products marketed in the US generics market, of which it is amongst the Top 3 by market share in 37 of these products (IMS Health, March 2013): Suprax (Cefixime), a paediatric antibiotic, is Lupin’s top-selling product here. The company is also the 5th largest and fastest growing generics player in the US (5.3% market share by prescriptions, IMS Health). Lupin’s US brands business contributed 21% of total US sales whereas the generics business contributed 79% during FY 2012-13.[26]

In the US market, since December 2012, Lupin has posted a 40-80 per cent growth rate on the back of new launches, as well as growing sales of its existing drugs. For May, the company has posted growth of 50 per cent year-on-year in US sales. The outlook is also good. On the whole, Lupin has one of the strongest pipelines of 18-20 products for the US market over the next 18 months.

Robust US sales continue
Despite the 51 per cent rise in share price over six months, most analysts continue to be bullish on the company due to its strong showing in the US market. Among leading Indian pharma majors, this geography contributes nearly 40 per cent of its revenues, second only to Sun (43 per cent) and a good performance rubs off well on the company’s overall show.

About half its US sales are contributed by Antara, the generic form of the cholesterol lowering drugTricor, antibiotics Suprax and Cefdinir and the generic form of antipsychotic drug Geodon. Among other segments expected to drive growth are oral contraceptives ($100 million estimated sales in FY14), dermatology, ophthalmology and asthama.

India Region Formulations (IRF)
Lupin’s IRF business focuses on lifestyle and chronic therapy segments. The company has emerged as one of the fastest growing players in therapies like CardiologyCentral Nervous System(CNS), Diabetology, Anti-Asthma, Anti-Infective, Gastro Intestinal and Oncology. The IRF business contributed 25% of the company’s overall revenues for FY 2012-13, growing by 24% and recording revenues of INR2364 crore (US$380 million) for FY 2012-13 as compared to INR1905 crore (US$300 million) for FY 2011-12.[26]

There are 9 manufacturing plant and 2 Research pant in India, such as Jammu(J&K),Mandideep & Indore(Madhya pradesh), Ankaleswar & Dabasa (Gujarat), Tarapur, Aurangabad and Nagpur (Maharastra) and Goa; where research centre at Pune and Aurangabad.[27] Among these the baby plant is Nagpur plant which will the the biggest formulation unit for Lupin in coming year.

Lupin is also gradually expanding its domestic portfolio through expansion into more segments and tie-ups. On Thursday, it announced a non-exclusive tie-up with US-basedMerck Sharp and Dohme (MSD) for marketing the latter’s pneumococcal vaccine (preventive care for diabetes and, chronic heart, lung and liver diseases) for adults.

Given its growth, Bank of America Merrill Lynch analysts believe the valuation multiple at 20 times FY15 earnings estimates is likely to expand (closer to larger peers) due to stronger and sustainable growth rates, both on the net profit front (22 per cent annually over the next two years) and return ratios, expected at 30 per cent versus 26 per cent for the peers. Most analysts have a target price of Rs 875-900 for the stock. Though a re-rating could be on the cards, given the surge in share price, investors should look at corrections to add the scrip to their portfolio.

Europe
Lupin’s focus in the European Union encompasses Anti-Infectives, Cardiovascular, and CNS therapy areas, along with niche opportunities in segments like Oral Contraceptives, Dermatology and Ophthalmics. The company’s presence in France is by way of a trade partnership; in Germany, it operates through its acquired entity Hormosan Pharma GmbH (Hormosan);[28] while the UK business is a direct-to-market initiative.

Japan
Lupin is the fastest-growing Top 10 generic pharmaceuticals player in Japan (IMS). Lupin operates in Japan through its subsidiary, Kyowa Pharmaceutical Industry Co. Ltd. (Kyowa), a company Lupin acquired in 2007,[29][30] and I’rom, Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd (IP), acquired in 2011.[31][32] Kyowa has an active presence in Neurology, Cardiovascular, Gastroenterology and the Respiratory therapy segments. I’rom is a niche injectables company with significant presence in the DPC hospital segment.

South Africa
Lupin’s South African subsidiary, Pharma Dynamics (PD)[33] is the fastest growing and the 5th largest generic company in the South African market (IMS). The company is a market leader in the Cardiovascular segment and has a growing presence in Neurology, Gastroenterology and the Over the Counter (OTC) segments.

Australia
Lupin entered the Australian market through its subsidiary, Generic Health Pte. Ltd. (GH).[34] It subsequently acquired the worldwide marketing rights to the over 100 year old Australian brand Goanna,[35] used for pain management.

Philippines
Lupin’s Philippines subsidiary Multicare Pharmaceuticals (Multicare),[36] is a branded generic company focused on Women’s Health, Pediatrics, Gastro-Intestinal and Diabetes care. FY 2012 also marked its foray into the Neurology segment when it entered into a strategic marketing partnership with Sanofi.[37]

API and Global TB

Lupin is one of the most vertically integrated global generic majors and a global leader in Cephalosporins, Cardiovasculars and the anti-TB space. The company is also a strategic supplier of anti-TB products to the Global Drug Facility (GDF), with its formulations being supplied to more than 50 countries through GDF procurement.

Lupin is also a global leader in anti-TB APIs, and is associated with the Revised National TB Program of the Government of India, thereby partnering the Government in its fight against TB in the country. It also supplies to various Government agencies, the Stop TB Partnership and various other international agencies like Pan America Health Organisation (PAHO), Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) and the Damien Foundation. EthambutolRifampicin and Pyrazinamide are the company’s top selling TB molecules.

Biotechnology Research
The Lupin Biotechnology Research Group, based out of Wakad, near Pune is focussed on developing affordable, high quality biopharmaceuticals with an emphasis on biosimilars. As of May 2013, it has a pipeline of 10 biosimilar products under development, and is close to getting marketing authorization for 2 of its oncology products for the Indian market. Lupin has competencies for the complete development and manufacture of recombinant protein therapeutic products from high yielding and proprietary microbial and mammalian cell culture platforms. The Biotech R&D infrastructure offers a range of product development capabilities ranging from clone development, process optimization, analytical method development, bioassay, formulation, stability studies, non-clinical and clinical studies backed by a sound understanding of regulatory and IP aspects. The company’s biotech development programs are in compliance of and follow ICHEMEA and Indian Regulatory guidelines.

Corporate Social Responsibility

To further its social responsibility objectives, Lupin established the Lupin Human Welfare & Research Foundation (LHWRF) on 2 October 1988. Its chief objective was to provide an alternative sustainable, replicable and ever evolving model of holistic rural development. LHWRF started with a few small rural development projects covering around 35 villages in Bharatpur District,Rajasthan. Its efforts have touched the lives of over a million people across 2,200 villages in the states of Rajasthan, Madhya PradeshMaharashtra and Uttarakhand.

 

Lupin gets USFDA nod to market HIV drug in US market

ANKLESHWAR GUJARAT PLANT INDIA

LUPIN TARAPUR INDIA

 

LUPIN GOA INDIA

Oncologyand inflamation

Lupin is building a discovery pipeline with over seven to eight molecules targeting the oncology and inflammation segments.

Lupin is building a discovery pipeline with over seven to eight molecules targeting the oncology and inflammation segments. The company, producing both branded and generic drugs, is also planning an investment of $20 million to expand and build additional facilities and capacities exclusively for biologics in Pune in next two to three years.

“We have over seven to eight molecules in the pipeline. Of these, three are already undergoing clinical trials, while two are in pre-clinical stage. One more molecule will be entering pre-clinical stage soon,” Cyrus Karkaria, Lupin president said, adding that the company was gearing up to launch a new product this year. He also indicated that some of these lead molecules could be potential out-licensing targets at some point of time.

Biosimilar products include recombinant erythropoietin, recombinant granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), interferon alpha and beta, human insulin, monoclonal antibodies and human growth hormone. These are used oncology, infectious diseases, chronic autoimmune diseases, growth-related deficiencies and haematology.

As part of its expansion, Lupin will be expanding facilities in Pune, which will be operational in next two to three years. “We currently have a production facility near the lab. We will be building additional facilities with about $20 million investment in next two to three years,” Cyrus explained. Last year, the company announced plans to invest over R450 crore towards capacity expansion and strengthening sales force. Lupin is also gearing up to launch its first biosimilar product in India by early next year besides targeting 5-7% of its business from biosimilar business.

The company had entered into a licensing agreement with Sydney-based NeuClone for cell-line technology which will provide exclusive proprietary cell-line technology to be developed into biosimilar drugs targeting cancer.

Several drug companies, including Dr Reddy’s, Cipla and Biocon, among others, are eying the opportunity in biosimilars. Industry estimates global market for biosimilars or follow-on biologic drugs is about $100 billion and the Indian market is about R2,500 crore.

Meanwhile, the US Food and Drug Administration has issued three guidances on biosimilar product development to assist industry in developing such products in the US. These draft documents are designed to help industry develop

About Lupin Limited
Lupin is an innovation led transnational pharmaceutical company producing and developing a wide range of branded and generic formulations and APIs globally. The Company is a significant player in the Cardiovascular, Diabetology, Asthma, Pediatric, CNS, GI, Anti-Infective and NSAID space and holds global leadership positions in the Anti-TB and Cephalosporin segment.

Lupin is the 5th largest and fastest growing top 5 generics player in the US (5.3% market share by prescriptions, IMS Health) and the 3rd largest Indian pharmaceutical company by revenues. The Company is also the fastest growing top 10 generic pharmaceutical players in Japan and South Africa (IMS).

For the financial year ended March 2013, Lupin’s Consolidated turnover and Profit after Tax were Rs. 94,616 million (USD 1.74 billion) and Rs. 13,142 million (USD 242 million) respectively. Please visithttp://www.lupinpharmaceuticals.com  for more information.

Mumbai, February 03, 2014: Pharmaceutical major Lupin Limited announced the acquisition of Nanomi B.V. in the Netherlands today. With this acquisition, Lupin has made its foray into the technology intensive complex injectables space.

Nanomi has patented technology platforms to develop complex injectable products. Nanomi has a rich talent pool of scientists who would be backed by Lupin’s global R&D and manufacturing teams.

Commenting on the acquisition Ms. Vinita Gupta, Chief Executive Officer, Lupin Limited said “We are very pleased with the acquisition of Nanomi. With the use of Nanomi’s proprietary technology platform, Lupin would be able to make significant in-roads into the niche area of complex injectables.”

Mumbai, Baltimore, December 18, 2013: Pharma Major Lupin Limited (Lupin) announced today that its US subsidiary Lupin Pharmaceuticals Inc. has launched its Abacavir Sulfate, Lamivudine, and Zidovudine Tablets, 300 mg (base) / 150 mg / 300 mg in the US after the US District Court for the District of Delaware ruled that the Lupin’s generic version of Trizivir® did not infringe on patents. Lupin had earlier received approval for the same.

Lupin’s Abacavir Sulfate, Lamivudine Zidovudine 300mg (Base)/150mg/300mg Tablets are the AB-rated generic equivalent of ViiV Healthcare’s (ViiV) Trizivir® Tablets, 300 mg (base) / 150 mg / 300mg and are indicated in combination with other antiretrovirals or alone for the treatment of HIV-1 infection.

Lupin is the first applicant to file an ANDA for Trizivir® Tablets and as such is entitled to 180 days of marketing exclusivity.

Trizivir® Tablets, 300 mg (base) / 150 mg / 300mg had annual U.S sales of approximately US$ 111.6 million (IMS MAT Sep, 2013).

Mumbai, Baltimore, December 12, 2013: Pharma Major Lupin Limited (Lupin) announced today that its US subsidiary, Lupin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (LPI) has launched its Duloxetine Hydrochloride Delayed-release (HCl DR) Capsules 20 mg, 30 mg and 60 mg strengths. The Company received final approval to market its Duloxetine HCl DR Capsules USP, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg and 60 mg strengths from the United States Food and Drugs Administration (FDA) yesterday.

Lupin’s Duloxetine HCl DR Capsules 20 mg, 30 mg and 60 mg strengths are the generic equivalent of Eli Lilly & Company’s (Lilly) Cymbalta® Delayed-release Capsules 20 mg, 30 mg and 60 mg.

Duloxetine HCl DR Capsules are indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) and management of neuropathic pain (DPNP) associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.

Cymbalta® Delayed-Release Capsules 20 mg, 30 mg and 60 mg strengths had annual U.S sales of approximately USD 5.43 billion (IMS MAT Sep, 2013).

Lupin launches Generic Trilipix® Delayed – Release Capsules 45 mg & 135 mg in the US

Mumbai, Baltimore, December 06, 2013: Pharma Major Lupin Limited (Lupin) announced today that its US subsidiary, Lupin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (LPI) has launched its generic Fenofibric Acid Delayed‐Release Capsules 45 mg and 135 mg. Lupin had earlier received final approval from the US FDA for the same.

Lupin�s Fenofibric Acid Delayed‐Release Capsules 45 mg and 135 mg are the generic equivalent of AbbVie Inc.�s Trilipix® Delayed‐Release Capsules 45 mg & 135 mg strengths are indicated as co‐administration therapy with statins for the treatment of mixed dyslipidemia, treatment of severe hypertriglyceridemia and primary hypercholesterolemia or mixed dyslipidemia.

Trilipix® Delayed‐Release Capsules 45 mg & 135 mg strengths had annual U.S sales of approximately US$ 449.5 million (IMS MAT Sep, 2013).

References

  1.  “Welcome to Lupin World”. Lupinworld.com. Retrieved 2013-05-30.
  2.  “Lupin goes all out to make up for lost chances – Corporate News”. livemint.com. 2010-02-08. Retrieved 2010-09-30.
  3.  “Welcome to Lupin World”. Lupinworld.com. Retrieved 2013-05-30.
  4.  “Lupin outcome of board meeting”. moneycontrol.com. Retrieved 2013-09-28.
  5.  http://www.moneycontrol.com/news/announcements/lupin-outcomeboard-meeting_867214.html
  6.  http://www.moneycontrol.com/news/announcements/lupin-outcomeboard-meeting_867214.html
  7.  http://investing.businessweek.com/research/stocks/people/person.asp?personId=25276361&ticker=LPC:I
  8.  http://www.business-standard.com/article/companies/how-lupin-cracked-the-japanese-pharma-market-112011900081_1.html
  9.  http://businesstoday.intoday.in/story/best-cfos-2012-india/1/23745.html
  10.  New Leadership team at Lupin from Sept. 2013
  11.  “BSE Plus”. Bseindia.com. Retrieved 2012-02-02.
  12.  http://www.business-standard.com/article/companies/indian-generics-dominate-global-ranking-110011200106_1.html
  13.  LUPIN LTD – MAINTAINING THE HUMAN TOUCH
  14.  http://www.smartinvestor.in/market/Compnews-176364-Compnewsdet-Lupin_overtakes_Dr_Reddys_in_m_cap.htm
  15.  http://www.pharmacytimes.com/publications/supplement/2012/Generic-Supplement-2012/LupinPharmaceuticals_2012
  16.  http://www.business-standard.com/article/companies/lupin-among-top-five-generic-drug-companies-in-us-110070900020_1.html
  17.  http://www.businessworld.in/en/storypage/-/bw/how-lupin-got-its-mojo-back/379071.0/page/0
  18.  http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2012-12-19/news/35912597_1_group-president-and-executive-nilesh-gupta-india-lupin
  19.  http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/money-wise/stock-insight/lupin-buy/article3926619.ece
  20.  http://chats.moneycontrol.com/plus/upload_pdf_file/Lupin_HemSecurities_Multibagger.pdf
  21.  http://www.forbes.com/profile/desh-bandhu-gupta/
  22.  http://businesstoday.intoday.in/story/guru-of-generics/1/5661.html
  23.  http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2010-04-30/news/27578338_1_kamal-k-sharma-lupin-generic-players
  24.  http://forbesindia.com/article/my-learnings/the-japanese-are-a-brand-conscious-people-says-lupin-md/32892/1
  25.  http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/companies/lupin-looks-at-bigticket-alliances-acquisition-in-india/article2415313.ece
  26. http://www.moneycontrol.com/livefeed_pdf/May2013/LUPIN_PR_08052013.pdf
  27.  http://www.lupinworld.com
  28.  http://www.livemint.com/Companies/7IGcZPSdZYrdxLVWL39Q9J/Lupin-acquires-Germanybased-Hormosan-Pharma.html
  29.  http://www.business-standard.com/article/companies/lupin-buys-japan-s-kyowa-pharma-107101101093_1.html
  30.  http://www.reuters.com/article/2007/10/10/idUSBMA00166120071010
  31.  http://www.indianexpress.com/news/lupin-acquires-japans-irom-pharma/877135/
  32.  http://www.firstpost.com/fwire/lupin-to-acquire-japans-irom-pharma-133463.html
  33.  http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2008-09-19/news/28441215_1_pharma-dynamics-lupin-chairman-d-b-gupta
  34.  http://www.business-standard.com/article/companies/lupin-acquires-majority-stake-in-australian-firm-110092900200_1.html
  35.  http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2011-06-15/news/29660505_1_lupin-brand-australian-market
  36.  http://www.livemint.com/Companies/5NLXUi9cpTSregBAKxIqiM/Pharma–Lupin-buys-Philippines-drug-firm-Multicare.html
  37.  http://www.livemint.com/Companies/LwG6AroDnFw5mqccKLsecL/Lupin-SanofiAventis-ink-drug-marketing-pact-in-Philippines.html
Share

PEMETREXED

 Uncategorized  Comments Off on PEMETREXED
Mar 022014
 

Pemetrexed

US 5,344,932 .

(2S)-2-{[4-[2-(2-amino-4-oxo-1,7-dihydro
pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino}
pentanedioic acid

N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-3H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl] benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid or N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-1 H-pyrrolo [2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl] benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid

GENERIC LICENSING NEWSLETTER TODAY 23 APRIL 2013 REPORTED, SEE LINK BELOW

http://www.leadformix.com/ef1/preview_campaign.php?lf1=775434470d357512625317e6516156

PEMETREXED
Pemetrexed is a chemotherapy drug used in the treatment of pleural mesothelioma as well as non-small cell lung cancer.Used in combination with cisplatin for the treatment of malignant pleural mesothelioma in adults whose disease is unresectable or who otherwise are not candidates for potentially curative surgery. Also used as a monotherapy for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) after prior chemotherapy.Click here to contact Logenex about this product.

Pemetrexed (brand name Alimta) is a chemotherapy drug manufactured and marketed by Eli Lilly and Company. Its indications are the treatment of pleural mesothelioma andnon-small cell lung cancer.

The molecular structure of pemetrexed was developed by Edward C. Taylor at Princeton University and clinically developed by Indianapolis based drug maker, Eli Lilly and Company in 2004.

Pemetrexed ball-and-stick.pngPEMETREXED

Pemetrexed is chemically similar to folic acid and is in the class of chemotherapy drugs called folate antimetabolites. It works by inhibiting three enzymes used in purine andpyrimidine synthesis—thymidylate synthase (TS), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), andglycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase[1][2] (GARFT). By inhibiting the formation of precursor purine and pyrimidine nucleotides, pemetrexed prevents the formation of DNAand RNA, which are required for the growth and survival of both normal cells and cancer cells.

Pemetrexed disodium is chemically described as L-Glutamic acid, N-[4-[2- (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]- disodium salt heptahydrate, represented by the chemical structure of Formula (I).

Figure imgf000002_0001

Formula I

Pemetrexed is an anti-folate anti-neoplastic agent that exerts its action by disrupting folate-dependent metabolic processes essential for cell replication. It is believed to work by inhibiting three enzymes that are required in purine and pyrimidine biosynthesis — thymidylate synthase (TS), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), and glycinamide ribonucleotide formyl transferase (GARFT). Pemetrexed is available in the market under the brand name ALIMTA®.

Taylor et al., in  describe pemetrexed, its related compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable cation. Chelius et al., in WO 01/14379 A2 disclose pemetrexed disodium crystalline hydrate Form I and process for preparation thereof.

Chelius et al., in WO 01/62760 disclose pemetrexed disodium heptahydrate crystalline Form Il and process for the preparation thereof.

Journal of Organic Process Research & Development, Volume 3, 1999, page 184 describes a process for the preparation of pemetrexed diacid. Busolli et al., in WO200802141 1 disclose process for preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salt of pemetrexed diacid.

Busolli et al., in WO2008021405A1 disclose seven crystalline forms of pemetrexed diacid designated as Form A, B, C, D, E, F, & G and processes for preparation thereof.

In February 2004, the Food and Drug Administration approved pemetrexed for treatment of malignant Pleural Mesothelioma, a type of tumor of the lining of the lung, in combination with cisplatin[3] for patients whose disease is either unresectable or who are not otherwise candidates for curative surgery.[4] In September 2008, the FDA granted approval as a first-line treatment, in combination with cisplatin, against locally-advanced and metastatic non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) in patients with non-squamous histology. A Phase III study showed benefits of maintenance use of pemetrexed for non-squamous NSCLC.Activity has been shown in malignant peritoneal mesothelioma.Trials are currently testing it against esophagus and other cancers.

MECHANISM

Pemetrexed is also recommended in combination with carboplatin for the first-line treatment of advanced non-small cell lung cancer.However, the relative efficacy or toxicity of pemetrexed-cisplatin versus pemetrexed-carboplatin has not been established beyond what is generally thought about cisplatin or carboplatin doublet drug therapy

In addition to the brand name Alimta, this drug is also marketed in India by Abbott Healthcare as Pleumet and by Cadila Healthcare asPemecad.

  • Pemetrexed disodium is a multitargeted antifolate agent approved as a single agent for the treatment of non-small cell lung cancer, and in combination with cisplatin for the treatment of patient with malignant pleural mesothelioma, under the trade name Alimta®.
    Pemetrexed disodium is available in a number of crystalline forms.
  • Barnett et al, Organic Process Research & Development, 1999, 3, 184-188 discloses synthesis and crystallization of pemetrexed disodium from water-ethanol. The product obtained by the process disclosed herein is the 2.5 hydrate of pemetrexed disodium.
  • United States patent number 7,138,521 discloses a crystalline heptahydrate form of pemetrexed disodium, which has enhanced stability when compared to the known 2.5 hydrate.
  • To date workers have concentrated on producing stable crystalline forms of pemetrexed disodium and there has been no disclosure of any non-crystalline form of this active.
  • We have now found a new form of pemetrexed disodium, which is an amorphous form, as characterized by powder X-ray diffraction. Surprisingly, we have found that it is possible to prepare an amorphous form of pemetrexed disodium and that this form is stable. The amorphous form of the invention is stable contrary to expectations. The amorphous form of pemetrexed disodium of the present invention is stable as it retains it’s amorphous character under a variety of storage conditions. The amorphous form of the present invention is particularly advantageously characterized by a bulk density in the range of 0.15 to 0.35 gm/ml.

N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-3H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl] benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid or N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-1 H-pyrrolo [2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl] benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid (also known as

“Pemetrexed”)

Figure imgf000002_0001

R = H: Pemetrexed; I

R = Na: Pemetrexed Disodium; II is a known compound. Pemetrexed Disodium is an known anticancer agent. It is clinically active in several solid tumors and approved for treatment of malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM) and metastatic non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). Pemetrexed Disodium is supplied as a sterile lyophilized powder for intravenous administration.

The compound of formula I including pharmaceutically salts thereof as well as a process for its preparation is at first and specifically disclosed in EP patent no. 0432677 B1. The preparation and isolation of Pemetrexed (compound of formula I) as its Disodium salt (compound of formula II) was described for the first time in WO patent no. 9916742 A1 and in Drugs of the future 1998, 23(5), 498-507 as well as by Charles J. Barnett et al. in Organic Process Research & Development, 1999, 3, 184-188 and by Peter Norman in Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs 2001 , 2(11 ), 1611-1622.

Detailed information about the crystalline form of Pemetrexed Disodium prepared according to the process as described above were not provided but it is reported by Charles J. Barnett et al. in Organic Process Research & Development, 1999, 3, 184-188 that the disodium salt II was obtained as a hygroscopic solid.

The first crystalline form of Pemetrexed Disodium has been described in WO patent no. 0114379 designated Disodium MTA Hydrate Form I (MTA = multi- targeted antifolate, disodium N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-3H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid salt). The Disodium MTA Hydrate Form I obtained according to the Examples 2, 3 and 4 contained different amounts of water (Example 2: water = 9.1%; Example 3: water = 17.7%; Example 4: water = 11.7%). The Disodium MTA Hydrate Form I has a typical XRD pattern as shown in Figure 4 (the corresponding 2theta values have been calculated from the provided d-spacing values).

An improved crystalline form of Pemetrexed Disodium has been disclosed in WO patent no. 0162760. It is teached that Pemetrexed Disodium can exist in the form of a heptahydrate (Form II; theoretical amount of water: approx 21%) which is much more stable than the previously known 2.5 hydrate (Form I; theoretical amount of water: 8.7%). The Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate Form (Form II) has a typical XRD pattern as shown in Figure 5 (the corresponding 2theta values have been calculated from the provided d- spacing values).

The Chinese patent no. 1778802 describes a hydrate or trihydrate form of Pemetrexed Disodium. The preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium hydrate or trihydrate includes crystallization from water and water soluble solvent. An overview of the X ray powder diffraction data for Pemetrexed Disodium Hydrate provided in Chinese patent no. 1778802 is shown in Figure 6.

The WO patent no. 2008124485 disclose besides crystalline Forms of the diacid Pemetrexed also amorphous Pemetrexed Disodium as well as a crystalline Form III thereof including a composition containing a major amount of amorphous Form and a minor amount of crystalline Form III of Pemetrexed Disodium. An overview of the X ray powder diffraction data for Pemetrexed Disodium crystalline Form 3 is shown in Figure 7.

EP patent application no. 2072518 disclose a stable amorphous form of Pemetrexed Disodium.

  • According to the more recent US 5,416,211 , which is incorporated herein by reference, pemetrexed can be synthesized from 4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoic acid of formula 1, obtained from simple precursors, in accordance with the following Scheme 1:
    Figure imgb0006
  • This second method seems to be used also for the industrial preparation of the active ingredient. In fact, the same type of synthesis scheme is also described in C. J. Barnett, T. W. Wilson and M. E. Kobierski, Org. Proc. Res. & Develop., 1999, 3, 184-188, in which the experimental examples refer to a scale of the order of tens of kgs.

……………………….

WO2012134392A1

Example 1 Preparation of crude pemetrexed disodium

[0023] N-[4-2-(2-Amino-4, 7-dihydro-4-oxo-

1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-L-glutamic Acid Diethyl Ester

4-Methylbenzenesulfonic Acid Salt and purified process water (PPW) (about 10 kg) are charged to a suitable vessel under nitrogen. The reactor is cooled to NMT 10Ό under nitrogen. Pre-cooled sodium hydroxide solution (about 1.5 kg )/PPW (about 11.4 kg) are added and the temperature is maintained at NMT 10Ό. The mixture is stirred at NMT 0 until the solid is dissolved. Pre-cooled isopropanol (about 62.8 kg) is added and the mixture temperature is maintained at NMT 5 . Pre-cooled 1 N hydrochloric acid in isopropanol is added to adjust the pH to 6.5 to 9.5, preferably between pH 7.5 to pH 8.5, at NMT 5 . The mixture is warmed to a room temperature (i.e., 15-30Ό, preferably 20-25″C) and stirred. The solids are filtered and washed with isopropanol/PPW. The wet cake is vacuum dried to provide crude pemetrexed disodium (about 2.30 kg).

Example 2 Purification of crude pemetrexed disodium to pemetrexed disodium

[0024] Crude pemetrexed disodium (about 2.1 kg) and PPW (about 23.3 kg) are charged under nitrogen to a suitable vessel at 15 to 30 . Isopropanol (about 28.3 kg) is added slowly to cloud point and stirred. Isopropanol (up to about 55 kg) is charged and stirred. The solids are filtered arid washed with isopropanol/PPW. The wet cake is vacuum dried to provide pemetrexed disodium (about 1.9 kg) (90% Yiled). 1 H NMR (D20): δ 7.51 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.12 (1 H, s), 4.26-4.23 (H, m), 3.60-3.54 (4H, m), 2.27-2.23 (2H, m), 2.13-2.08 (1 H, m), 2.00-1.94 (1 H, m)

HPLC

EP2072518A1

Example 7

HPLC Analysis method

  • Reagent: Water :milliQ,
    Sodium perchlorate :AR Grade
    Perchloric acid :AR Grade
    Acetonitrile :J.T.Baker gradient
    Trifluroacetic acid :AR Grade
    Buffer solution: 6.1 g of sodium perchlorate into a 1000ml water. Adjust the pH to 3.0 (± 0.1) with perchloric acid.
    Mobile phase A:
    mixture of buffer and acetonitrile in the proportion of (90:10).
    Mobile phase B:
    mixture of buffer and acetonitrile in the proportion of (10 : 90).
    Diluent -1 : mixture of water and acetonitrile in the ratio of 50 : 50.
    Diluent -2: mixture of water and acetonitrile in the ratio of 90 : 10.
    Standard Stock Solution:
    Transfer accurately weighed 1.5 mg impurity-E RS and into a 200 ml volumetric flask. Dissolve in and dilute upto mark with diluent-1.

Blank solution

  • Add 10 ml diluent-2 and 50µl of 3% trifluro acetic acid to a 50 ml volumetric flask, and dilute upto mark with diluent-2.

System suitability solution

  • Transfer about 25 mg accurately weighed pemetrexed disodium sample in to a 50 ml volumetric flask. First add 10ml of diluent-2 and sonicate to dissolve the contents.Then add 50µl of 3% trifluro acetic acid (prepared in water) and add 5 ml of standard stock solution and dilute up to mark with diluent-2.

Sample preparation

  • Transfer about 25 mg accurately weighed pemetrexed disodium sample in to a 50 ml volumetric flask. First add 10ml of diluent-2 and sonicate to dissolve the contents.Then add 50µl of 3% trifluro acetic acid (prepared in water) and dilute up to mark with diluent-2 (500 µg/ml).

Chromatographic system :

  • Use a suitable high pressure liquid chromatography system equipped with Column: 250 mm x 4.6mm containing 5µ packing material (suggested column – Inertsil ODS 3V)
    Detector: UV detector set to 240 nm
    Cooler temp: 5°C.
    Flow rate: about 1.5 ml/min.
  • The system is also equipped to deliver the two phases in a programmed manner as shown in the following table :

Gradient programme :

  • [0082]
    0 92 8
    15 85 15
    30 65 35
    35 65 35
    36 92 8
    40 92 8

Procedure:

  • Inject 20µl of blank and system suitability solution into the chromatograph set to above conditions and record the chromatograms up to 40 min.
    Calculate the resolution between pemetrexed disodium and impurity-E. The resolution should not be less than 3.0. Calculate the Number of theoretical plate and tailing factor for pemetrexed peak. Number of theoretical plate is NLT 4000 and tailing factor is NMT 2.0.
  • Inject 20µl of test solution and calculate the chromatographic purity by area normalisation method.

……………………..

US20120329819

Synthetic Route for the Preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium

Starting from commercially available materials a novel synthetic route for the synthesis of Pemetrexed-IM8 (the dimethyl ester of Pemetrexed) was developed which was then used for the preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium (Scheme 1).

Figure US20120329819A1-20121227-C00002
Figure US20120329819A1-20121227-C00003

The current synthetic route for the preparation of Pemetrexed IM8 starts with an aldol-condensation reaction of Methyl-4-formylbenzoate (SM1) with 1,1-Dimethoxyacetone (SM2) to give Pemetrexed IM1a. As Pemetrexed IM1a irreversibly converts to its aldol-addition product Pemetrexed IM1b under reaction conditions the reaction mixture is directly submitted to hydrogenation (i.e. without isolation of Pemetrexed IM1a) over Pd/C to give Pemetrexed IM2. As under the hydrogenation conditions not only the double-bond of IM1a is hydrogenated but also some amount of Pemetrexed IM2 is converted to Pemetrexed IM3 (hydrogenation of the carbonyl function to the corresponding secondary alcohol) a solution of NaBH4 is added to the reaction mixture to ensure complete conversion to Pemetrexed IM3. The Pd-catalyst is removed by filtration and the reaction mixture is extracted with toluene. The combined organic layers are evaporated to give crude Pemetrexed IM3 as oil. This oil is dissolved in THF and the alcohol functionality is converted to a mesylate using MsCl and NEt3. The salts are removed by filtration, glacial acetic acid is added and THF is removed by distillation. Upon addition of water Pemetrexed IM4 crystallizes and is isolated by filtration. The dried Pemetrexed IM4 is dissolved in glacial acetic acid and gaseous HCl is added to cleave the dimethoxy acetale and liberate the aldehyde functionality of Pemetrexed IM5. Upon complete deprotection a solution of 2,6-diamino-4-hydroxypyrimidine in aq. NaOH and acetonitrile is added. Upon complete conversion the crystallized Pemetrexed IM6 is isolated by filtration. The saponification of the methyl ester of Pemetrexed IM6 to Pemetrexed IM7 is done using aqueous NaOH. Upon addition of aq. HCl first the Na-salt of Pemetrexed IM7 crystallizes from the reaction mixture. The salt is isolated by filtration, purified by slurry in a mixture of MeOH and water and then converted to Pemetrexed IM7 by pH adjustment in water using aq. HCl. Dried Pemetrexed IM7 (water content not more than 6.0%) is dissolved in DMF, activated using 1,1-carbonyldiimidazolide (CDI) and then reacted with dimethyl-L-glutamate hydrochlorid to give, upon addition of water and filtration, crude Pemetrexed IM8. This intermediate is purified by tosylate salt formation, followed by recrystallization and liberation to give pure Pemetrexed IM8. Starting with the saponification of Pemetrexed IM8 the preparation of different solid forms of Pemetrexed Disodium can be achieved.

Methods For Preparing Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV and Investigation of its Stability

An overview on the possible transformations of Pemetrexed IM8 to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV is shown in FIG. 20.

Description of Possible Routes for the Preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV Starting from Pemetrexed IM8

All routes start with saponification of Pemetrexed IM8 in water at IT=20° C. to 30° C. using 3.25 eq of NaOH. Upon complete conversion an aqueous solution of Pemetrexed Disodium with a pH of 13.0 to 13.5 is obtained. Starting from this mixture the desired route can be accessed by addition of HCl to adjust the pH to a certain value (depending on the route, FIG. 20).

Figure US20120329819A1-20121227-C00004

Structures of Pemetrexed (Compound I), Pemetrexed Disodium (Compound II) and Pemetrexed Monosodium (Compound IV)

Surprisingly we found that the crucial feature of all successful transformations to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV is the presence of Pemetrexed Monosodium during the transformation. Routes starting from pure Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate, Pemetrexed Disodium 2.5 hydrate or Pemetrexed Disodium Form A in the presence of seeding crystals of Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV were not successful and resulted in isolation of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A. The same transformations, if carried out in the presence of 0.15 eq of Pemetrexed Monosodium were successful and after addition of 0.15 eq NaOH allowed the isolation of pure Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV. The use of 0.15 eq HCl instead of 0.15 eq Pemetrexed Monosodium under the same conditions resulted in isolation of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A without any Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV. Transformations via isolated Pemetrexed Monosodium gave complete transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV if either 1.0 eq NaOH were added slowly (over a period of several hours) to Pemetrexed Monosodium or if initially only 0.85 eq of NaOH (based on Pemetrexed Monosodium) were added, followed by 0.15 eq once the transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV was complete. Very fast addition (<1 min) of 1.0 eq NaOH resulted in formation of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A containing traces of Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate.

Starting from Pemetrexed (compound I) the transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV would be possible if initially 1.85 eq of NaOH were added followed by 0.15 eq once the transformation was complete. Alternatively, 2.0 eq of NaOH could be added over a long period of time (i.e several hours) to achieve formation of Pemetrexed Form IV. Fast addition (<1 min) of 2.0 eq of NaOH is assumed to result in formation of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A. All these experiments show the presence of Pemetrexed Monosodium to be crucial during the transformations. This presence can be achieved by either addition of catalytic amounts of Pemetrexed Monosodium to Pemetrexed Disodium, by slow addition over several hours of NaOH to Pemetrexed Monosodium or by portionwise addition of NaOH to Pemetrexed Monosodium. Addition of catalytic amounts of HCl to Pemetrexed Disodium (in situ preparation of Pemetrexed Monosodium) failed to give Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV.

Fast addition of NaOH to Pemetrexed Monosodium results in fast formation of Pemetrexed Disodium, thereby lacking the necessary catalytic amounts of Pemetrexed Monosodium to catalyze the transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV. EtOH as solvent and water content of EtOH were found to be crucial parameters for the transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV. So far the transformation has only been observed in EtOH containing 0-4% water (v/v). A water content>4% (v/v) results in formation of Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate. Under the conditions used (EtOH containing 0-4% water (v/v)) both Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate and Pemetrexed Disodium 2.5 hydrate are transformed to Pemetrexed Form A. Therefore the mechanism of the transformation to Pemetrexed Disodium Form IV is assumed to proceed via Pemetrexed Disodium Form A with Pemetrexed Monosodium acting as catalyst for the transformation.

Preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate

a) Preparation of Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate Starting from Pemetrexed IM8

Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate was prepared by adjustment of the pH of the Pemetrexed Disodium solution after saponification from pH=13 to pH=8 using HCl followed by addition of EtOH (3 times the volume of water) to achieve crystallization. Precipitated Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate was isolated by filtration, washed with a mixture of EtOH and water (4:1 v/v) followed by EtOH. The wet product was dried in vacuo at 200 mbar at 20° C. to 30° C. until water content of the dried product was 20.1% to 22.1%.

b) Conversion of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A to Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate

To a suspension of Pemetrexed Disodium Form A in EtOH was added water until a mixture of EtOH containing 25% water (v/v) was obtained. The resulting suspension was stirred at 20° C. to 30° C. until conversion was complete according to PXRD. Pemetrexed Disodium Heptahydrate was isolated by filtration, washed with EtOH and dried in vacuo at 200 mbar at 20° C. to 30° C. until water content of the dried product was 20.1% to 22.1%.

………………………..

EP2504341A1

  • REFERENCES
  1.  McLeod, Howard L.; James Cassidy, Robert H. Powrie, David G. Priest, Mark A. Zorbas, Timothy W. Synold, Stephen Shibata, Darcy Spicer, Donald Bissett, Yazdi K. Pithavala, Mary A. Collier, Linda J. Paradiso, John D. Roberts (Jul-2000).“Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Evaluation of the Glycinamide Ribonucleotide Formyltransferase Inhibitor AG2034”Clinical Cancer Research 6 (7): 2677–84.PMID 10914709. More than one of |work= and |journal=specified (help)
  2.  Avendano, Carmen; Menendez, J. Carlos (April 2008).Medicinal Chemistry of Anticancer Drugs. Amsterdam:Elsevier. p. 37. ISBN 0-444-52824-5.
  3.  Manegold C (August 2003). “Pemetrexed (Alimta, MTA, multitargeted antifolate, LY231514) for malignant pleural mesothelioma”Semin. Oncol. 30 (4 Suppl 10): 32–6.doi:10.1016/S0093-7754(03)00283-5PMID 12917819.
  4.  National Cancer Institute: FDA Approval for Pemetrexed Disodium
US6090168 * Oct 6, 1999 Jul 18, 2000 Eli Lilly And Company Processes and intermediates useful to make antifolates
US7138521 Feb 12, 2001 Nov 21, 2006 Eli Lilly And Company Crystalline of N-[4-[2-(2-Amino-4,7-dihydro-4oxo-3H-pyrrolo[2,3-D]pyrimidin-5-YL)ethyl]benzoyl]-L-glutamic acid and process therefor
US20030216416 * Feb 12, 2001 Nov 20, 2003 Chelius Erik Christopher Novel crystalline of n-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4oxo-3h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-l-glutamic acid and process therefor
WO2001014379A2 * Aug 15, 2000 Mar 1, 2001 Erik Christopher Chelius A novel crystalline form of disodium n-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-3h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-l-glutamic acid salt and processes therefor
WO2008021405A1 * Aug 14, 2007 Feb 21, 2008 Sicor Inc Crystalline forms of pemetrexed diacid and processes for the preparation thereof
WO2008124485A2 * Apr 3, 2008 Oct 16, 2008 Reddys Lab Ltd Dr Solid forms of pemetrexed
Share

IBRUTINIB 依鲁替尼 A Btk protein inhibitor.

 Uncategorized  Comments Off on IBRUTINIB 依鲁替尼 A Btk protein inhibitor.
Feb 272014
 

Ibrutinib.svg

IBRUTINIB 依鲁替尼

A Btk protein inhibitor.

1-[(3R)-3-[4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]piperidin-1-yl]prop-2-en-1-one

1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one

CAS number 936563-96-1
Ibrutinib, PCI 32765, PCI32765,  ibrutinibum,  IMBRUVICA,
  • CRA-032765
  • Ibrutinib
  • Imbruvica
  • Pc-32765
  • PCI 32765
  • PCI32765
  • UNII-1X70OSD4VX
Molecular Formula: C25H24N6O2
Molecular Weight: 440.49706

Company: Pharmacyclics
Approval Status: Approved February 2014US FDA:link
Treatment Area: chronic lymphocytic leukemia

Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (Btk) inhibitor

U.S. Patent No: 7,514,444 , 7,718,662
patent validity: December 2026

An orally bioavailable small-molecule inhibitor of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK) with potential antineoplastic activity. Ibrutinib binds to and inhibits BTK activity, preventing B-cell activation and B-cell-mediated signaling and inhibiting the growth of malignant B cells that overexpress BTK. BTK, a member of the src-related BTK/Tec family of cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases, is required for B cell receptor (BCR) signaling, plays a key role in B-cell maturation, and is overexpressed in a number of B-cell malignancies.

Imbruvica (ibrutinib) is an orally available, selective inhibitor of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (Btk), a gene that is disrupted in the human disease X-linked agammaglobulenemia (XLA). BTK is a signaling molecule of the B-cell antigen receptor (BCR) and cytokine receptor pathways.

Imbruvica is specifically approved for chronic lymphocytic leukemia in patients who have received at least one prior therapy.

Imbruvica (Ibrutinib, previously known as PCI-32765) was approved as a “breakthrough therapy” on November 13, 2013 by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), a rare and deadly form of blood cancer.

IBRUTINIB

Ibrutinib, a first in class oral Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (Btk) inhibitor, was launched in the U.S. for the treatment of patients with mantle cell lymphoma in 2013, and for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia in 2014. In the E.U., the product candidate is awaiting registration for both indications. Additional phase III clinical trials are ongoing for the treatment of these indications in combination with bendamustine and rituximab and for the treatment of relapsed or refractory marginal zone lymphoma (MZL). Janssen and Pharmacyclics are conducting phase II clinical trials for the treatment of refractory follicular lymphoma. Early clinical development is also under way at Pharmacyclics for the treatment of recurrent B-cell lymphoma, relapsed/refractory MCL, and relapsed or relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma. The company filed an IND seeking approval to commence clinical evaluation of ibrutinib for the treatment of autoimmune disease. Preclinical studies had been under way for rheumatoid arthritis; however, no recent development has been reported. Ibrutinib is also active against Lyn and LCK tyrosine kinases.

In 2011, a codevelopment agreement was signed between the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and Pharmacyclics for the treatment of hematologic/blood cancer. Also in 2011, a worldwide codevelopment and comarketing agreement was signed by Janssen and Pharmacyclics for the treatment of cancer. In 2012, orphan drug designation was assigned in the U.S. and the E.U. for the treatment of CLL. This designation was also assigned by the FDA in 2012 for the treatment of mantle cell lymphoma. In 2013, several orphan drug designations were assigned in the U.S.; for the treatment of small lymphocytic lymphoma, for the treatment of Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia and for the treatment of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. For this indication, orphan drug designation was assigned also in the E.U. the same year. In 2012, fast track designation was assigned by the FDA for the treatment of CLL. In 2013, breakthrough therapy designations were assigned to the compound in the U.S.: for the treatment (as monotherapy) of patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia or small lymphocytic lymphoma, for the treatment of relapsed or refractory mantle cell lymphoma who have received prior therapy and for the treatment of Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia.

Imbruvica is supplied as a capsule for oral administration. The recommended dose is 420 mg taken orally once daily (three 140 mg capsules once daily). Capsules should be taken orally with a glass of water. Do not open, break, or chew the capsules.

The FDA approval of Imbruvica for chronic lymphocytic leukemia was based on an open-label, multi-center trial of 48 previously treated patients. Imbruvica was administered orally at 420 mg once daily until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. The overall response rate (ORR) and duration of response (DOR) were assessed using a modified version of the International Workshop on CLL Criteria by an Independent Review Committee. The ORR was 58.3%, all partial responses. None of the patients achieved a complete response. The DOR ranged from 5.6 to 24.2+ months. The median DOR was not reached.

Imbruvica (ibrutinib) is an orally available, selective inhibitor of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (Btk). Ibrutinib forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue in the BTK active site, leading to inhibition of BTK enzymatic activity. BTK is a signaling molecule of the B-cell antigen receptor (BCR) and cytokine receptor pathways. BTK’s crole in signaling through the B-cell surface receptors results in activation of pathways necessary for B-cell trafficking, chemotaxis, and adhesion.

Ibrutinib (USAN,[1] also known as PCI-32765 and marketed in the U.S. under the name Imbruvica) is an anticancer drug targeting B-cell malignancies. It was approved by the US FDA in November 2013 for the treatment of mantle cell lymphoma[2] and in February 2014 for the treatment ofchronic lymphocytic leukemia.[3] It is an orally-administered, selective and covalent inhibitor of the enzyme Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK).[4][5][6]Ibrutinib is currently under development by Pharmacyclics, Inc and Johnson & Johnson‘s Janssen Pharmaceutical division for additional B-cell malignancies including diffuse large B-cell lymphoma and multiple myeloma.[7][8][9]

Mechanism

In preclinical studies on chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) cells, ibrutinib has been reported to promote apoptosis, inhibit proliferation, and also prevent CLL cells from responding to survival stimuli provided by the microenvironment.[12] In this study, treatment of activated CLL cells with ibrutinib resulted in inhibition of Btk tyrosine phosphorylation and also effectively abrogated downstream survival pathways activated by this kinase including ERK1/2, PI3K, and NF-κB. Additionally, ibrutinib inhibited proliferation of CLL cells in vitro, effectively blocking survival signals provided externally to CLL cells from the microenvironment including soluble factors (CD40L, BAFF, IL-6, IL-4, and TNF-α), fibronectin engagement and stromal cell contact.

In early clinical studies, the activity of ibrutinib has been described to include a rapid reduction in lymphadenopathy accompanied by a transient lymphocytosis, suggesting that the drug might have direct effects on cell homing or migration to factors in tissue microenvironments.[13]

Ibrutinib has been reported to reduce CLL cell chemotaxis towards the chemokines CXCL12 and CXCL13, and inhibit cellular adhesion following stimulation at the B cell receptor.[14][15] Together, these data are consistent with a mechanistic model whereby ibrutinib blocks BCR signaling, which drives cells into apoptosis and/or disrupts cell migration and adherence to protective tumour microenvironments.

History

Ibrutinib was first designed and synthesized at Celera Genomics which reported in 2007 a structure-based approach for creating a series of small molecules that inactivate BTK through covalent binding to cysteine-481 near the ATP binding domain of BTK.[4] These small molecules irreversibly inhibited BTK by using a Michael acceptor for binding to the target cysteine. In April 2006, Pharmacyclics acquired Celera’s small molecule BTK inhibitor discovery program, which included a compound, PCI-32765 that was subsequently chosen for further preclinical development based on the discovery of anti-lymphoma properties in vivo.[16] Since 2006, Pharmacyclics’ scientists have advanced the molecule into clinical trials and identified specific clinical indications for the drug. It also has potential effects against autoimmune arthritis.[17] It was approved by the US FDA on November 13, 2013 for the treatment of mantle cell lymphoma.[2] On Feb. 12, 2014, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration expanded the approved use​ of the drug ibrutinib to chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL). [18]

Ibrutinib is an inhibitor of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK). It is a white to off-white solid with the empirical formula C25H24N6O2 and a molecular weight 440.50. Ibrutinib is freely soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide, soluble in methanol and practically insoluble in water.

The chemical name for ibrutinib is 1-[(3R)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1Hpyrazolo[ 3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-1-piperidinyl]-2-propen-1-one and has the following structure:

IMBRUVICATM (ibrutinib) Structural Formula Illustration

IMBRUVICA (ibrutinib) capsules for oral administration are supplied as white opaque capsules that contain 140 mg ibrutinib as the active ingredient. Each capsule also contains the following inactive ingredients: croscarmellose sodium, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate. The capsule shell contains gelatin, titanium dioxide and black ink. Each white opaque capsule is marked with “ibr 140 mg” in black ink.

PCI-32765 (ibrutinib) is disclose d in U.S. Patent No. 7,514,444, issued on April 7, 2009, and has the following structur

Figure imgf000002_0001

Ibrutinib is an orally available drug that targets Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK).

Ibrutinib is an irreversible small molecule BTK inhibitor that is in Ph Ib/II of clinical trials in a variety of B-cell malignancies including chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) and multiple myeloma (cancer of plasma cells, a type of white blood cell present in bone marrow). At present ibrutinib is administered orally in clinical trials, via the gastrointestinal tract, at high clinical doses (420 mg/day or 840 mg/day) to patients with CLL and SLL to obtain the desired thereapeutic effect. The need for such high doses of ibrutinib may be due to low bioavailability (the oral bioavailability of ibrutinib is reported to be 22.8% in rats) and may be responsible for the adverse side effects associated with the use of ibrutinib such as nausea or emesis, dizziness and diarrhea. Moreover, low bioavailability results in more variable absorption and potential variability of the desired therapeutic response.

As stated above, at present ibrutinib is administered orally, via the gastrointestinal tract, at high clinical doses (420 mg/day or 840 mg/day) to patients to obtain the desired clinical benefit. It is presently disclosed that when ibrutinib is administered intraduodenally versus via the gastrointestinal tract in rats, the oral bioavailability of ibrutinib unexpectedly increased from 21 % to 100% as determined by AUC.

This unexpected increase in oral bioavailability of ibrutinib can translate into a number of desirable practical benefits. The increase in oral bioavailability should enable administration of ibrutinib at a significantly lower therapeutically effective dose than is currently being used. The lower variability associated with this greater bioavailability should lead to a more reliable therapeutic response as well as more predictable drug absorption.

And avoidance of exposure of Ibtrutinib to the stomach and/or use of lower therapeutically effective dose of ibrutinib can reduce or altogether eliminate potential adverse side effects of this drug such as diahrrea, nausea or emesis, and dizziness. U.S. Patent No. 7,514,444, mentioned above, discloses administration of 0.02-5000 mg/kg andl-1500 mg of ibrutinib/per day and in clinical trials 420 or 840 mg/day of ibrutinib is being administered to the patients with CLL and SLL.

There is no reasonable expectation in the art that ibrutinib can be adminstered orally at lower efficacious doses to the patients with CLL and SLL, particularly as evidenced by the 420 or 840 mg/day of ibrutinib being administered in clinical trials to those patients. Moreover, other than for active agents that are unstable in the stomach or at acidic pH delivery of any active agent with low bioavailability further along in the gastrointestinal tract reduces the path length for drug absorption and would be expected to reduce bioavailability. Therefore, it was unexpected to achieve delivery of ibruntinib directly to the small intestine with greater bioavailability.

PC1-32765 (Ibrutinib), chemical name: 1_ [(3R) _3-[4_-3 – (4 – phenoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidine – 1 – yl] – 1-piperidinyl]-2 – propen-1 – one, and its structural formula is as follows:

Figure CN103121999AD00031

PC1-32765 is an oral medication that inhibits B cell as the main receptor tyrosine kinase signaling and promote cell death process, preventing cell migration and adhesion in malignant B cells.

US20080108636 basic patent has been disclosed a synthetic route:

This synthetic route with 4 – phenoxy-benzoic acid as raw material, after eight-step reaction the final product, the following reaction steps:

Figure CN103121999AD00032

The above method has the following disadvantages:

1, eight single-step reaction, long route, the economy is bad; i1, to use synthetic intermediates 4:00 trimethylsilyl diazomethane (TMSCHN2), this material easy to blow up, the risk coefficient is large, so large-scale production greatly reduces the possibility;

ii1, synthetic intermediates 7:00, set out to use polymer-supported triphenylphosphine, non-industrial raw materials used, the price is expensive, the cost of smell;

iv, the final step of acylation, the selectivity is poor, a large amount of negative product, purification is difficult, amplification reaction is difficult.

In summary, the route material is not common, expensive step, high costs, the reaction dangerous side reactions, purification difficult, limiting the possibility of industrial production of the route.

………………………

WO2013184572A1

Polymorphs

EXAMPLES

[00438] The following ingredients, formulations, processes and procedures for practicing the methods disclosed herein correspond to that described above. Example 1; Preparation of Crystalline Forms of l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-dlpyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 1)

Form A – Route 1:

[00439] Amorphous Compound 1 (ca. 15 mg) was measured into a vial. Ten volumes (150 μΐ) of solvent [methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE), diisopropyl ether (DIPE), ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, isopropyl alcohol, methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK), methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), acetone, methanol, nitromethane, 10% aqueous acetone, or 10% aqueous isopropyl alcohol] were added to the vial. The vial was sealed and placed in a shaker at 50 °C for one hour. If a slurry was obtained, an additional thirty volumes (total of 600 μΐ) of solvent was added, then the slurry was returned to 50 °C for another hour. If the sample remained as a slurry at this point, no further solvent was added. The solution/slurry was stirred at 50 °C for one hour, then cooled to 0 °C at 0.1 °C/min, then held at 0 °C overnight. If a slurry was obtained, the solids were filtered under vacuum to provide Compound 1 , Form A; the solution was returned to ambient temperature for slow evaporation through a pin-hole to furnish Compound 1, Form A.

 

“Compound 1” or “l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- d]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one” or “1 – {(3i?)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-JJpyrimidin-l-yl]piperidin-l-yl}prop-2-en-l-one” or “2-Propen- 1 -one, 1- [(3R)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-<f]pyrimidin- 1 -yl] – 1 -piperidinyl-” or ibrutinib or any other suitable name refers to the compound with the following structure:

Figure imgf000037_0001

………….

Synthesis

US20080214501

Synthesis of Compound 3—Btk Activity Probe

4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 2) is prepared. Briefly, 4-phenoxybenzoic acid (48 g) is added to thionyl chloride (100 mL) and heated under gentle reflux for 1 hour. Thionyl chloride was removed by distillation, the residual oil was dissolved in toluene and volatile material removed at 80° C./20 mbar. The resulting acid chloride was dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8 g) was added and the solution and stirred at −10° C. while adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (150 mL), while maintaining the temperature below 0° C. After 1 hour at 0° C., the mixture was stirred at 20° C. overnight. Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvents gave a semisolid residue which was treated with a portion of ethyl acetate to give 4.1 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a white solid (m.p. 160-162° C.). The filtrate on evaporation gave 56.58 (96%) of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a grey-brown solid, which was sufficiently pure for further use.

1,1-Dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (56.5 g) in acetonitrile (780 mL) and methanol (85 mL) is stirred under nitrogen at 0° C. while adding diisopropylethylamine (52.5 mL) followed by 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane (150 mL) in THF. The reaction is stirred for 2 days at 20° C., and then 2 g of silica is added (for chromatography). The brown-red solution is evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed well with water then brine, dried and evaporated. The residue is extracted with diethyl ether (3×250 mL), decanting from insoluble oil. Evaporation of the ether extracts gives 22.5 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a pale orange solid. The insoluble oil is purified by flash chromatography to give 15.0 g of a red-orange oil.

1,1-Dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (22.5 g) and 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene oil (15 g) are treated with a solution of hydrazine hydrate (18 mL) in ethanol (25 mL) and heated on the steambath for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) is added followed by water (10 mL). The precipitated solid is collected and washed with ethanol:water (4:1) and then dried in air to give 3-amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole as a pale orange solid.

3-Amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole (29.5 g) is suspended in formamide (300 mL) and heated under nitrogen at 180° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 30° C. and water (300 mL) is added. The solid is collected, washed well with water, then with methanol and dried in air to give of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 2).

Synthesis of 1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl (Intermediate 4); a) triphenylphosphine (TPP), diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (DIAD), tetrahydrofuran (THF); b) TFA/CH2Cl2.

Figure US20080214501A1-20080904-C00011

To a solution of 1-boc-3-(S)-hydroxypiperidine (3.98 g, 19.8 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (5.19 g, 19.8 mmol) in THF (150 ml) was added DIAD (3.9 ml, 19.8 mmol). The yellow solution was stirred 1 minute then Intermediate 2 (4.0 g, 13.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated with a heat gun (3-5 minutes) until the solid had dissolved. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the solvent was removed and the resulting brown oil was subjected to flash chromatography (30% then 50% THF/hexanes) to provide 4.45 g (69%) of Intermediate 3 (trace of triphenylphosphine oxide is present) as a light brown foam.

To a solution of Intermediate 3 (4.4 g, 9.0 mmol) in CH2Cl(20 ml) was added TFA (2.8 ml, 36.2 mmol). After stirring 2 hrs at room temperature, the solvent was removed and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (250 ml) and dilute aq. K2CO3. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to 70 ml. The resulting solution was stirred and 4.0M HCl in dioxane (4 ml) was added to provide a thick light orange precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The material was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (300 ml) and dilute aq. K2CO3. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to provide 2.78 g (80%) of Intermediate 4 as a light yellow foam.

……………………

SYNTHESIS

US7514444

Compounds described herein may be prepared using the synthetic methods described herein as a single isomer or a mixture of isomers.

A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the preparation of compounds of any of Formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) is shown in Scheme I.

Figure US07514444-20090407-C00033

Halogenation of commercially available 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine provides an entry into the synthesis of compounds of Formula (A), (B), (C) and/or (D). In one embodiment, 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine is treated with N-iodosuccinamide to give 3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. Metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions are then carried out on 3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. In one embodiment, palladium mediated cross-coupling of a suitably substituted phenyl boronic acid under basic conditions constructs intermediate 2. Intermediate 2 is coupled with N-Boc-3-hydroxypiperidine (as non-limiting example) via Mitsunobu reaction to give the Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonyl) protected intermediate 3. After deprotection with acid, coupling with, but not limited to, an acid chloride, such as, but not limited to, acryloyl chloride, completes the synthesis to give compound 4.

Example 1 Synthesis of Compounds Preparation of 4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 2)

4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 2) is prepared as disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 01/019829. Briefly, 4-phenoxybenzoic acid (48 g) is added to thionyl chloride (100 mL) and heated under gentle reflux for 1 hour. Thionyl chloride is removed by distillation, the residual oil dissolved in toluene and volatile material removed at 80° C./20 mbar. The resulting acid chloride is dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8 g) is added and the solution and stirred at −10° C. while adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (150 mL), while maintaining the temperature below 0° C. After 1 hour at 0° C., the mixture is stirred at 20° C. overnight. Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvents gives a semisolid residue which is treated with a little ethyl acetate to give 4.1 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a white solid (m.p. 160-162° C.). The filtrate on evaporation gives 56.58 (96%) of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a grey-brown solid, which is sufficiently pure for further use.

1,1-Dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (56.5 g) in acetonitrile (780 mL) and methanol (85 mL) is stirred under nitrogen at 0° C. while adding diisopropylethylamine (52.5 mL) followed by 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane (150 mL) in THF. The reaction is stirred for 2 days at 20° C., and then 2 g of silica is added (for chromatography). The brown-red solution is evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed well with water then brine, dried and evaporated. The residue is extracted with diethyl ether (3×250 mL), decanting from insoluble oil. Evaporation of the ether extracts gives 22.5 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a pale orange solid. The insoluble oil is purified by flash chromatography to give 15.0 g of a red-orange oil.

1,1-Dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (22.5 g) and 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene oil (15 g) are treated with a solution of hydrazine hydrate (18 mL) in ethanol (25 mL) and heated on the steambath for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) is added followed by water (10 mL). The precipitated solid is collected and washed with ethanol:water (4:1) and then dried in air to give 3-amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole as a pale orange solid.

3-Amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole (29.5 g) is suspended in formamide (300 mL) and heated under nitrogen at 180° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 30° C. and water (300 mL) is added. The solid is collected, washed well with water, then with methanol and dried in air to give of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine.

Example 1a Synthesis of 1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4)

Figure US07514444-20090407-C00034
    • Synthesis of compound 4; a) polymer-bound triphenylphosphine (TPP), diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (DIAD), tetrahydrofuran (THF); b) HCl/dioxane; then acryloyl chloride, triethylamine (TEA).

Compounds described herein were synthesized by following the steps outlined in Scheme 1. A detailed illustrative example of the reaction conditions shown in Scheme 1 is described for the synthesis of 1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4).

101 mg of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and 330 mg of polymer-bound triphenylphosphine(TPP) (polymerlab) were mixed together with 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF). tert-Butyl 3-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (200 mg; 2.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture followed by the addition of diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (0.099 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove the resins and the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (pentane/ethyl acetate=1/1) to give intermediate 3 (55 mg).

Intermediate 3 (48.3 mg) was treated with 1 mL of 4N HCl in dioxane for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and triethylamine (0.042 mL) was added followed by acryl chloride (0.010 mL). The reaction was stopped after 2 hours. The reaction mixture washed with 5% by weight aqueous citric acid and then with brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO4, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (with CH2Cl2/MeOH=25/1) gave 22 mg of compound 4 as a white solid. MS (M+1): 441.2; 1H-NMR (400 MHz): 8.26, s, 1H, 7.65, m, 2H, 7.42, m, 2H, 7.1-7.2, m, 5H, 6.7-6.9, m, 1H, 6.1, m, 1H, 5.5-5.7, m, 1H, 4.7, m, 1H, 4.54, m, 0.5H, 4.2, m, 1H, 4.1, m, 0.5H, 3.7, m, 0.5H, 3.2, 1,1H, 3.0, m, 0.5H, 2.3, m, 1H, 2.1, m, 1H, 1.9, m, 1H, 1.6, m, 1H.

Example 1b Synthesis of 1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13)

Figure US07514444-20090407-C00035

The synthesis of compound 13 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1a. EM (calc.): 440.2; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 441.1, (M−1H): 439.2.

Example 1c Synthesis of 1-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14)

Figure US07514444-20090407-C00036

The synthesis of compound 14 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example 1a. EM (calc.): 440.2; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 441.5, (M−1H)−: 439.2.

……………….

US7718662

Synthesis of Compounds Example 1 Preparation of 4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (2a)

4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 2) is prepared as disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 01/019829. Briefly, 4-phenoxybenzoic acid (48 g) is added to thionyl chloride (100 mL) and heated under gentle reflux for 1 hour. Thionyl chloride is removed by distillation, the residual oil dissolved in toluene and volatile material removed at 80° C./20 mbar. The resulting acid chloride is dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8 g) is added and the solution and stirred at −10° C. while adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (150 mL), while maintaining the temperature below 0° C. After 1 hour at 0° C., the mixture is stirred at 20° C. overnight. Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvents gives a semisolid residue which is treated with a little ethyl acetate to give 4.1 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a white solid (m.p. 160-162° C.). The filtrate on evaporation gives 56.58 (96%) of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a grey-brown solid, which is sufficiently pure for further use.

1,1-Dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (56.5 g) in acetonitrile (780 mL) and methanol (85 mL) is stirred under nitrogen at 0° C. while adding diisopropylethylamine (52.5 mL) followed by 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane (150 mL) in THF. The reaction is stirred for 2 days at 20° C., and then 2 g of silica is added (for chromatography). The brown-red solution is evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed well with water then brine, dried and evaporated. The residue is extracted with diethyl ether (3×250 mL), decanting from insoluble oil. Evaporation of the ether extracts gives 22.5 g of 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a pale orange solid. The insoluble oil is purified by flash chromatography to give 15.0 g of a red-orange oil.

1,1-Dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (22.5 g) and 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene oil (15 g) are treated with a solution of hydrazine hydrate (18 mL) in ethanol (25 mL) and heated on the steambath for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) is added followed by water (10 mL). The precipitated solid is collected and washed with ethanol:water (4:1) and then dried in air to give 3-amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole as a pale orange solid.

3-Amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole (29.5 g) is suspended in formamide (300 mL) and heated under nitrogen at 180° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 30° C. and water (300 mL) is added. The solid is collected, washed well with water, then with methanol and dried in air to give of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine.

Example 1a Synthesis of 1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (4)

Figure US07718662-20100518-C00010

Synthesis of compound 4; a) polymer-bound triphenylphosphine (TPP), diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (DIAD), tetrahydrofuran (THF); b) HCl/dioxane; then acryloyl chloride, triethylamine (TEA)

Compounds described herein were synthesized by following the steps outlined in Scheme III. A detailed illustrative example of the reaction conditions shown in Scheme II is described for the synthesis of 1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4).

101 mg of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and 330 mg of polymer-bound triphenylphosphine (TPP) (polymerlab) were mixed together with 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF). tert-Butyl 3-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (200 mg; 2.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture followed by the addition of diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (0.099 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove the resins and the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (pentane/ethyl acetate=1/1) to give intermediate 3a (55 mg).

Intermediate 3a (48.3 mg) was treated with 1 mL of 4N HCl in dioxane for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and triethylamine (0.042 mL) was added followed by acryl chloride (0.010 mL). The reaction was stopped after 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 5% by weight aqueous citric acid and then with brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO4, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (with CH2Cl2/MeOH=25/1) gave 22 mg of compound 4 as a white solid. MS (M+1): 441.2; 1H-NMR (400 MHz): 8.26, s, 1H, 7.65, m, 2H, 7.42, m, 2H, 7.1-7.2, m, 5H, 6.7-6.9, m, 1H, 6.1, m, 1H, 5.5-5.7, m, 1H, 4.7, m, 1H, 4.54, m, 0.5H, 4.2, m, 1H, 4.1, m, 0.5H, 3.7, m, 0.5H, 3.2, m, 1H, 3.0, m, 0.5H, 2.3, m, 1H, 2.1, m, 1H, 1.9, m, 1H, 1.6, m, 1H.

…………………….

SYNTHESIS

CN 103121999

To solve the above problems, the present invention adopts a technical solution is: to provide a tyrosine kinase inhibitor PC1-32765 synthesis method, the reaction steps are as follows:

Figure CN103121999AD00041

The beneficial effect of the present invention: The invention relates to a tyrosine kinase inhibitor synthesis of PC1-32765, as the B cell to inhibit the tyrosine kinase receptor signaling key, not only can inhibit the formation of blood cells and less side effects and mild reaction conditions, simple operation, easy purification, low cost, environmentally friendly, suitable for large-scale production.

A tyrosine kinase inhibitor PC1-32765 synthesis method comprising the steps of:

1, the compound 10 and the coupling reaction of compound 15 to give compound 6;

2, the compound 6 obtained by reacting compound 16 with compound 11 in the process, we have chosen a more perfect catalyst;

3, compound 11 to give compound 12 by protecting;

4, selective deprotection of Compound 12 Compound 13; 5, Compound 13 for Compound 17 only attack only remaining position to obtain a very pure compound 14;

6, take off the protecting group to obtain PC1-32765

Figure CN103121999AD00051

Wherein the compound can 10,15,16,17 agent or industrial grade reagent compound or the use of methods and techniques related to synthesis.

Example 1 Preparation of Compound 6

Under nitrogen and the 0.1moL 1.5 equivalents of compound 10 Compound 15 and 800mL of dioxane was added to 2L reaction flask, and then 1.5 equivalents of sodium acetate was added and the catalyst PdC12 (PPh3) 2 0.2 equivalents, 50_60 ° C for 5 hours , filtered hot and the filter residue was washed three times with ethanol, the combined filtrate was concentrated to give a solid, rinsed with ethanol to give the pure product 16.2 g, yield 60%

Example 2 Preparation of Compound 6

Under nitrogen and the 0.1moL 1.5 equivalents of compound 10 Compound 15 and 2L 800mL DMF was added to the reaction flask, and then 1.5 equivalents of sodium acetate was added and the catalyst PdCl2 (PhCN) 2 0.2 equivalents, 50_60 ° C for 5 hours, hot filtered, the filter residue was washed three times with ethanol, the combined filtrate was concentrated to give a solid, which was rinsed with ethanol to give pure product 21.5 g, yield 71%.

Example 3 Preparation of Compound 11

The compound 0.1moL 1.2 equivalent of compound 6 and 16, and 2L IOOOmL THF was added to the reaction flask, 1.5 equivalents of cesium carbonate was added, refluxed for 24 hours, after the reaction, most of the solvent was concentrated and the remaining water was poured into a large, precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water to afford compound 36.9 g compound 11, yield 76%, used without further purification.

Example 4 Preparation of Compound 12

The compound will be to 0.1moL 11 and 1.2 equivalent of compound IOOOmL THF trifluoroacetyl chloride and the reaction was added to 2L flask, then triethylamine was added 2.5 ,30-40 0C for 24 hours, after the reaction, the solvent was concentrated, diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, saturated sodium chloride each time, and concentrated to obtain the product 50.1 g of ethyl acrylate, 86% yield, used directly in the next reaction.

Example 5 Preparation of Compound 13

The compound 0.1moL 12 and 500mL of methanol and 50mL 6N hydrochloric acid was added to IL reaction flask, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours to complete the reaction quickly, and a solid precipitates, filtered and the solid was washed several times with ethyl acetate, obtain 38.5 g of pure compound 13 in 80% yield.

Example 6 Preparation of Compound 14 ‘

The 0.1moL compound 13 and 1.2 equivalents of acrylic acid chloride was added to 2L of methylene chloride IL reaction flask ,20-40 ° C was added dropwise 1.2 equivalents of triethylamine was added dropwise, at room temperature for 3 hours after the reaction with two chloride extraction and concentrated to give the product 47.7 g, yield 89%. Without further purification.

Example 7 PC1-32765 Preparation

Compound 14 with the 0.1moL 160mL 800mL of methanol and a saturated solution of sodium carbonate small, 50_60 ° C for 5 hours,

After completion of the reaction was diluted with water, concentrated and then extracted with methylene chloride, concentrated to obtain crude product was recrystallized from toluene to give the final product 28.6 g, yield 65%. HPLC purity 98.6%, ee%> 98%.

The present invention relates to a tyrosine kinase inhibitor of the synthesis of PC1-32765, as the B cell to inhibit the tyrosine kinase receptor signaling key, not only can inhibit the formation of blood cells and less side effects, and the reaction conditions gentle, simple operation, easy purification, low cost, environmentally friendly, suitable for large-scale production.

Discovery of selective irreversible inhibitors for Bruton’s tyrosine kinase

ChemMedChem

Volume 2, Issue 1, pages 58–61, January 15, 2007

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/cmdc.200600221/full

http://www.wiley-vch.de/contents/jc_2452/2007/z600221_s.pdf

SYN OF COMPD 4

To 101 mg of a known intermediate 2 [WO 2001019829] and 330 mg polymer-bound Triphenylphosphine (polymerlab) in 5 ml THF, 200 mg (2.0 eq.) of 3-OH N-Boc piperidine was added followed by 0.099 ml diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate. The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. After filtered off resins, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified with flash chromatography (pentane/ethyl acetate = 1/1) to give 55 mg of intermediate 3. This compound (48.3 mg) was treated with 1 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane for 1 hour and concentrated to dryness, which was dissolved in dichloromethane and 0.042 ml of triethylamine, followed by 0.010 ml of acryl chloride. The reaction was stopped after 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 5wt% citric acid (aq.) and brine, dried with MgSO4, and concentrated. Flash chromatography with (CH2Cl2/MeOH = 25/1) gave 22 mg of compound 4 as white solids. MS (M+1): 441.2; 1H-NMR (400MHz): 8.26, s, 1H; 7.65, m, 2H; 7.42, m, 2H; 7.1-7.2, m, 5H; 6.7-6.9, m, 1H; 6.1, m, 1H; 5.5-5.7, m, 1H; 4.7, m, 1H; 4.54, m, 0.5H; 4.2, m, 1H; 4.1, m, 0.5H; 3.7, m, 0.5H; 3.2, m, 1H; 3.0, m, 0.5H; 2.3, m, 1H; 2.1, m, 1H; 1.9, m, 1H; 1.6, m, 1H

……………..

References

  1. Statement on a Nonproprietary Name Adopted by the USAN Council
  2. FDA Press Release
  3.  Azvolinsky, PhD, Anna. “FDA Approves Ibrutinib for Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia”. Cancer Network. Retrieved 14 February 2014.
  4. Pan, Z; Scheerens, H; Li, SJ; Schultz, BE; Sprengeler, PA; Burrill, LC; Mendonca, RV; Sweeney, MD; Scott, KC; Grothaus, Paul G.; Jeffery, Douglas A.; Spoerke, Jill M.; Honigberg, Lee A.; Young, Peter R.; Dalrymple, Stacie A.; Palmer, James T. (2007). “Discovery of selective irreversible inhibitors for Bruton’s tyrosine kinase”. ChemMedChem 2 (1): 58–61.doi:10.1002/cmdc.200600221PMID 17154430.
  5.  Celera Genomics Announces Sale of Therapeutic Programs to Pharmacyclics
  6.  United States patent 7514444
  7.  Janssen Biotech, Inc. Announces Collaborative Development and Worldwide License Agreement for Investigational Anti-Cancer Drug, PCI-32765
  8.  Clinical trials involve PCI-32765
  9.  Clinical trials involve ibrutinib
  10.  “Imbruvica (Ibrutinib)”Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 13 January 2014.
  11.  “IMBRUVICA (ibrutinib) capsule [Pharmacyclics, Inc]”DailyMed. Pharmacyclics, Inc. November 2013. Retrieved 13 January 2013.
  12.  Herman SE, Gordon AL, Hertlein E, Ramanunni A, Zhang X, Jaglowski S, Flynn J, Jones J, Blum KA, Buggy J.J., Hamdy A, Johnson AJ, Byrd JC, SE (2011). “Bruton’s tyrosine kinase represents a promising therapeutic target for treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia and is effectively targeted by PCI-32765”Blood 117 (23): 6287–6296. doi:10.1182/blood-2011-01-328484PMC 3122947PMID 21422473.
  13.  The Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitor PCI-32765 (P) in treatment-naive (TN) chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) patients (pts): Interim results of a phase Ib/II study” J Clin Oncol 30, 2012 (suppl; abstr 6507)
  14.  Ponader S, Chen SS, Buggy JJ, Balakrishnan K, Gandhi V, Wierda WG, Keating MJ, O’Brien S, Chiorazzi N, Burger JA (2012). The Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor PCI-32765 thwarts chronic lymphocytic leukemia cell survival and tissue homing in vitro and in vivo 119. Blood. pp. 1182–1189.
  15.  de Rooij MF, Kuil A, Geest CR, Eldering E, Chang BY, Buggy JJ, Pals ST, Spaargaren M (2012). “The clinically active BTK inhibitor PCI-32765 targets B-cell receptor (BCR)- and chemokine-controlled adhesion and migration in chronic lymphocytic leukemia”. Blood 2012: 2590–2594.
  16.  Honigberg, LA; Smith, AM; Sirisawad, M; Verner, E; Loury, D; Chang, B; Li, S; Pan, Z; Thamm, DH; Miller, RA; Buggy, JJ (2010). “The Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor PCI-32765 blocks B-cell activation and is efficacious in models of autoimmune disease and B-cell malignancy”.Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 107 (29): 13075–80. doi:10.1073/pnas.1004594107PMC 2919935PMID 20615965.
  17.  Chang, BY; Huang, MM; Francesco, M; Chen, J; Sokolove, J; Magadala, P; Robinson, WH; Buggy, JJ (2011). “The Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor PCI-32765 ameliorates autoimmune arthritis by inhibition of multiple effector cells”Arthritis Research & Therapy 13 (4): R115.doi:10.1186/ar3400PMC 3239353PMID 21752263.
  18.  http://cancer.osu.edu/mediaroom/releases/Pages/Ohio-State-Cancer-Research-Played-a-Significant-Role-in-FDA-Approval-of-Important-New-CLL-Drug.aspx#sthash.3o9uyt78.dpuf

MORE
1) E · Werner, L · Honeywell Berg, Z · Pan; Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor; drugs circulating Company; filing date: 2006.12.28, open) No. (Notice: CN101610676A  CN101610676B, CN101805341A, CN101805341B, CN102746305A, CN102887900A

2) Pan, Z ; Scheerens, H; Li, SJ; Schultz, BE; Sprengeler, PA; Burrill, LC; Mendonca, RV; Sweeney, MD; Scott, KC; Grothaus, Paul G.; Jeffery, Douglas A.; Spoerke, Jill M. ..; Honigberg, Lee A.; Young, Peter R.; Dalrymple, Stacie A.; Palmer, James T. (2007) “Discovery of selective irreversible inhibitors for Bruton’s tyrosine kinase” ChemMedChem 2 (1): 58-61 ( article link )
3) Celera Genomics Announces Sale of Therapeutic Programs to Pharmacyclics , April 10, 2006
4) Honigberg; Lee, Verner; Erik, Pan; Zhengying; Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase, U.S. Patent 7,514,444 ; US 20080108636 A1; CA2663116A1, CN101610676B, CN101805341A, CN101805341B, CN102746305A, CN102887900A, EP2081435A2, EP2081435A4, EP2201840A1, EP2201840B1, EP2443929A1, EP2526771A1, EP2526933A2, EP2526933A3, EP2526934A2, EP2526934A3, EP2529621A1, EP2529622A1, EP2530083A1, EP2532234A1, EP2532235A1, US7514444, US7732454, US7825118, US7960396, US8008309, US8088781, US8158786, US8232280, US8236812, US8399470, US8476284, US8497277, US8501751, US8552010, US20080076921, US20080108636, US20080139582, US20090181987, US20100004270, US20100022561, US20100041677, US20100324050, US20100331350, US20110008257, US20110039868, US20110184001, US20110257203, US20110281322, US20120088912, US20120095026, US20120108612, US20120115889, US20120122894, US20120129821, US20120129873, US20120135944, US20120214826, US20120252821, US20120252822, US20120277254, US20120283276, US20120283277, US20130005745, WO2008039218A2, WO2008039218A3
5) Buggy, Joseph J. Chang, Betty Y.; Methods and Compositions . for inhibition of Bone resorption, PCT Int Appl, WO2013003629, 03 Jan 2013.
6) Wei Chen, David J. Loury, Tarak D. Mody; Preparation of pyrazolo-pyrimidine Compounds as Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase; U.S. Patent Number 7,718,662 , 18 May 2010; Also published as CA2776543A1, CN102656173A, EP2393816A2, EP2393816A4, EP2650294A1, US7741330, US20110086866, WO2011046964A2, WO2011046964A3
7) Wei Chen, David J. Loury, Tarak D. Mody; Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase; WO2013010136 A3
8) John C. Byrd, et al;. Targeting BTK with Relapsed Ibrutinib in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia; N Engl J Med 2013; 369:32-42
9) Michael L. Wang, MD, et al, Targeting with BTK. Ibrutinib in Refractory or Relapsed Mantle-Cell Lymphoma; N Engl J Med 2013; 369:507-516

US8236812 8-8-2012 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US8232280 7-32-2012 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US8158786 4-18-2012 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US8088781 1-4-2012 INHIBITORS OF BRUTONS TYROSINE KINASE
US2011281322 11-18-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2011224235 9-16-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE FOR THE TREATMENT OF SOLID TUMORS
US8008309 8-31-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US7960396 6-15-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2011086866 4-15-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2011039868 2-18-2011 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2010324050 12-24-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US7825118 11-3-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2010254905 10-8-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US7732454 6-9-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2010041677 2-19-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2010022561 1-29-2010 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US7514444 4-8-2009 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE
US2008214501 9-5-2008 BRUTON’S TYROSINE KINASE ACTIVITY PROBE AND METHOD OF USING
US7718662 16 Oct 2009 18 May 2010 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo-pyrimidine inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US7741330 16 Oct 2009 22 Jun 2010 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo-pyrimidine inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US7982036 17 Oct 2008 19 Jul 2011 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstitued pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US7989465 20 Apr 2009 2 Aug 2011 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8008309 * 7 Jul 2009 30 Aug 2011 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8088781 20 Jan 2009 3 Jan 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of brutons tyrosine kinase
US8158786 15 Jun 2011 17 Apr 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8232280 * 21 Jan 2011 31 Jul 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’S tyrosine kinase
US8236812 21 Sep 2010 7 Aug 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8329901 1 Feb 2011 11 Dec 2012 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 4,6-disubstitued pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8338439 29 Dec 2009 25 Dec 2012 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8377946 21 Jun 2012 19 Feb 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8399470 30 Jan 2012 19 Mar 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8445498 1 Feb 2011 21 May 2013 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8450335 26 Jun 2009 28 May 2013 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8476284 16 Dec 2011 2 Jul 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8481733 * 19 May 2009 9 Jul 2013 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Substituted imidazopyr- and imidazotri-azines
US8497277 6 Dec 2011 30 Jul 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8501724 30 Apr 2012 6 Aug 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8501751 7 Jul 2009 6 Aug 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8552010 18 Jun 2012 8 Oct 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton’S tyrosine kinase
US8563563 30 Jan 2012 22 Oct 2013 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US8563568 8 Aug 2011 22 Oct 2013 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Besylate salt of a BTK inhibitor
US8609679 7 Nov 2012 17 Dec 2013 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-diaminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20090286768 * 19 May 2009 19 Nov 2009 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted imidazopyr- and imidazotri-azines
US20110184001 * 21 Jan 2011 28 Jul 2011 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US20120088912 * 29 Sep 2011 12 Apr 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US20120252822 * 23 May 2012 4 Oct 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
US20120277254 * 5 Jul 2012 1 Nov 2012 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase
WO2010123870A1 * 20 Apr 2010 28 Oct 2010 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2011031979A1 * 10 Sep 2010 17 Mar 2011 Cylene Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutically useful heterocycle-substituted lactams
WO2013155347A1 11 Apr 2013 17 Oct 2013 Izumi Raquel Bruton’s tyrosine kinase inhibitors for hematopoietic mobilization
WO2014004707A1 26 Jun 2013 3 Jan 2014 Principia Biopharma Inc. Formulations comprising ibrutinib
Share

What Does 100% of Your Daily Value of Cholesterol Look Like?

 Uncategorized  Comments Off on What Does 100% of Your Daily Value of Cholesterol Look Like?
Feb 262014
 

Healthline just published an interesting infograph that gives a visualization of what your daily value of cholesterol looks like.  In the graphic, you can see what 300 mg of cholesterol looks like for 20 high cholesterol foods: http://www.healthline.com/health/high-cholesterol/daily-value

This is a very informative resource as it helps us visualize what their cholesterol intake look like

What Does 100% of Your Daily Value of Cholesterol Look Like?

It’s no secret that eating fatty foods raises your bad cholesterol level, also known as LDL. An elevated LDL clogs up your arteries and makes it difficult for your heart to do its job. Potentially, it could lead to heart disease.

The USDA recommends consuming no more than 300 mg of cholesterol a day. While a deep-fried Twinkie at the county fair is an obvious no-no, other high cholesterol culprits may be sneaking into your diet. Check out what that number looks like in terms of everyday food items.

Warning: you may need to revise your grocery list—and your eating habits!

Image

Fried Chicken:

4 pieces=300mg cholesterol

Image

Croissants:

6 2/3 rolls=300mg cholesterol

Image

Cheddar Cheese:

12 3/4 slices=300mg cholesterol

Image

Prosciutto:

28 slices=300mg cholesterol

Image

Corned Beef:

14 thin slices=300mg cholesterol

Image

Butter:

1 1/5 sticks=300mg cholesterol

read at

http://www.healthline.com/health/high-cholesterol/daily-value

Share

CANGRELOR

 Uncategorized  Comments Off on CANGRELOR
Feb 242014
 

 

File:Cangrelor.png

Cangrelor, AR-C69931MX

[dichloro-[[[(2R,3S,4R,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[6-(2-methylsulfanylethylamino)-2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropylsulfanyl)purin-9-yl]oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]methyl]phosphonic acid

N-[2-(Methylthio)ethyl]-2-[(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thio]-5¢-adenylic acid monoanhydride with (dichloromethylene)bis[phosphonic acid]

163706-06-7 cas no

Also known as: AR-C69931XX, 163706-06-7, Cangrelor (USAN/INN), Cangrelor [USAN:INN:BAN], UNII-6AQ1Y404U7, cangrelor (AR-C69931MX),
Molecular Formula: C17H25Cl2F3N5O12P3S2
Molecular Weight: 776.359196
Cangrelor

MAR 09, 2013

The Medicines Company said yesterday it will pursue marketing approvals for its anti-clotting drug candidate Cangrelor after it met its primary efficacy endpoint in a Phase III clinical trial of improvement compared with Plavix (clopidogrel).

The intravenous small molecule antiplatelet agent reduced by 22% the likelihood of patients experiencing death, myocardial infarction, ischemia-driven revascularization, or stent thrombosis within 48 hours of taking it—to 4.7% from 5.9% of subjects randomized during CHAMPION PHOENIX. The Phase III trial compared Cangrelor to oral Plavix in 11,145 patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention.

Cangrelor also showed a 38% reduction (0.8% compared with 1.4%) over Plavix in the likelihood of patients experiencing the key secondary endpoint, incidence of stent thrombosis at 48 hours.

Cangrelor is designed to prevent platelet activation and aggregation that leads to thrombosis in acute care settings, including in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. During CHAMPION PHOENIX, Cangrelor made its best showing in patients with Q-wave myocardial infarction (QMI), lowering by 39% (to 0.2% compared with 0.3%) the incidence of QMI. Cangelor’s most disappoint showing was its inability to lower the odds of death compared with Clopidogrel; both drugs showed a likelihood of 0.3%.

“Our next step is to submit for market approvals in the U.S. and Europe. We anticipate submitting these data for a new drug application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in the second quarter with findings of prior trials, including the BRIDGE trial in patients awaiting open heart surgery,” Simona Skerjanec, PharmD, senior vp and innovation leader for antiplatelet therapies at The Medicines Company, said in a statement.

Cangrelor is a P2Y12 inhibitor under investigation as an antiplatelet drug[1] for intravenous application. Some P2Y12 inhibitors are used clinically as effective inhibitors of adenosine diphosphate-mediated platelet activation and aggregation.[1] Unlike clopidogrel (Plavix), which is a prodrug, cangrelor is an active drug not requiring metabolic conversion.

Poor interim results led to the abandonment of the two CHAMPION clinical trials in mid 2009.[2] The BRIDGE study, for short term use prior to surgery, continues.[3] The CHAMPION PHOENIX trial was a randomized study of over 11,000 patients published in 2013. It found usefulness of cangrelor in patients getting cardiac stents. Compared with clopidogrel given around the time of stenting, intravenous ADP-receptor blockade with cangrelor significantly reduced the rate of stent thrombosis and myocardial infarction.[4]Reviewers have questioned the methodology of the trial.[5]

One particularly preferred example of a reversible, short-acting P2Y12 inhibitor is cangrelor. Cangrelor is a potent, direct, and reversible antagonist of the platelet P2Y12 receptor. Cangrelor has a half-life of approximately less than 10 minutes, allowing for a return to normal platelet function in a very short period of time upon discontinuation of the drug. By reducing the need for a compound to be metabolized for activity, and by having a relatively short half-life, reversible, short-acting P2Y12 inhibitors are considered “reversible,” meaning that full platelet functionality may return rather quickly as compared to thienopyridines.

The binding of cangrelor to the P2Y12 receptor inhibits platelet activation as well as aggregation when mediated in whole or in part via this receptor. Cangrelor can be derived completely from synthetic materials, and is an analogue of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). ATP is a natural antagonist of the P2Y12 receptor sites and is found in humans.

The chemical structure for cangrelor is depicted below as Formula I.

Figure US20130303477A1-20131114-C00001

Cangrelor is clinically well tolerated and safe and has no drug-drug interaction with aspirin, heparin or nitroglycerin. Unlike orally dosed thienopyridines, cangrelor can be administered intravenously and binds directly to P2Y12 receptor sites of platelets. In each of the embodiments of the present invention, the term “cangrelor” encompasses the compound of Formula I as well as tautomeric, enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms thereof, and racemic mixtures thereof, other chemically active forms thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these compounds, including a tetrasodium salt. These alternative forms and salts, processes for their production, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them, are well known in the art and set forth, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,721,219. Additional disclosure relevant to the production and use of cangrelor may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,955,447, 6,130,208 and 6,114,313, as well as in U.S. Appln. Publication Nos. 2006/0270607 and 2011/0112030.

Invasive procedures means any technique where entry to a body cavity is required or where the normal function of the body is in some way interrupted by a medical procedure and/or treatment that invades (enters) the body, usually by cutting or puncturing the skin and/or by inserting instruments into the body. Invasive procedures can include coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG), orthopedic surgeries, urological surgeries, percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI), other general invasive procedures, such as endarterectomy, renal dialysis, cardio-pulmonary bypass, endoscopic procedures or any medical, surgical, or dental procedure that could result in excessive bleeding or hemorrhage to the patient.

Perioperative means the period of a patient’s invasive procedure which can occur in hospitals, surgical centers or health care providers’ offices. Perioperative includes admission, anesthesia, surgery, to recovery.

Thrombosis is the formation of a blood clot (thrombus) inside a blood vessel obstructing the flow of blood through the circulatory system. When a blood vessel is injured, the body uses platelets and fibrin to form a blood clot to prevent blood loss. Some examples of the types of thrombosis include venous thrombosis which includes deep vein thrombosis, portal vein thrombosis, renal vein thrombosis, jugular vein thrombosis, Budd-Chiari syndrome, Paget-Schroetter disease, cerebral venous sinus thrombosis, cerebral venous sinus thrombosis and arterial thrombosis which includes stroke and myocardial infarction.

The compound cangrelor from the Medicines Company is represented by the structure

Figure imgf000013_0002

TETRASODIUM SALT
             OR
Cangrelor sodium, AR-C69931MX
Cangrelor Tetrasodium [USAN]
RN: 163706-36-3
Platelet P(2T) receptor antagonist.
5′-O-[[[Dichloro(phosphono)methyl](hydroxy)phosphoryloxy](hydroxy)phosphoryl]-N-[2-(methylsulfanyl)ethyl]-2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropylsulfanyl)adenosine tetrasodium salt
C17-H21-Cl2-F3-N5-O12-P3-S2.4-Na,
864.2899
The Medicines Co. (Proprietary), AstraZeneca Charnwood (Originator)
CARDIOVASCULAR DRUGS, Treatment of Disorders of the Coronary Arteries and Atherosclerosis, P2Y12 (P2T) Antagonists
2-Mercaptoadenosine (I) was S-alkylated with 1-chloro-3,3,3-trifluoropropane (II) in the presence of NaH to give trifluoropropyl sulfide (III). Subsequent acetylation of (III) with Ac2O at 80 C provided (IV), which was N-alkylated with methylthioethyl iodide (V) and NaH yielding (VI).
Further hydrolysis of the resulting (VI) with 0.1 M NaOH in refluxing MeOH furnished adenosine derivative (VII). The 5′-hydroxyl group of (VII) was then phosphorylated by reaction with phosphoryl chloride in cold triethyl phosphate followed by aqueous work-up.
The resulting 5′-monophosphate (VIII) was treated with carbonyl diimidazole and tri-n-butylamine to produce the phosphoryl imidazole intermediate (IX), which was finally condensed with dichloromethylenebis(phosphonic acid) (X).
The target compound was isolated as the tetrasodium salt upon treatment with NaI in methanol-acetone.
Alkylation of mercaptopurine (I) with 3-chloro-1,1,1-trifluoropropane (II) in the presence of NaH gave thioether (III).
After protection of the amino group of (III) as the acetamide (IV) by means of Ac2O and NaOAc, N-alkylation with 2-(methylthio)ethyl iodide (V) yielded (VI),
which was deacetylated by hydrolysis with NaOH in refluxing MeOH. Subsequent treatment with POCl3 produced the intermediate phosphoryl chloride (VIII).
Then, condensation of this acid chloride with dichloromethylene bisphosphonic acid (IX) in the presence of tributylamine in triethyl phosphate yielded the title compound, which was isolated as the tetrasodium salt.
Alternatively, hydrolysis of acid chloride (VIII) in the presence of ammonium bicarbonate gave phosphate salt (X), which was treated with carbonyldiimidazole, and the activated intermediate (XI) was then condensed with bisphosphonate (IX) to furnish the target compound.

…………

J. Med. Chem., 1999, 42 (2), pp 213–220

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm981072s

10l (AR-C69931MX)

N6(2-Methylthioethyl)-2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropylthio)-5-adenylic Acid, Monoanhydride withDichloromethylenebis(phosphonic acid) (10l)Prepared as the triammonium salt in 4% yield from 3l:  1H NMR δ(D2O) 8.30 (1H, s, H8), 5.97 (1H, d, J = 5.5 Hz, H1‘), 4.65 (1H, m, H2‘), 4.47 (1H, m, H3‘), 4.28 (1H, m, H4‘), 4.17 (2H, m, H5‘a and H5‘b), 3.67 (br s, NHCH2), 3.21 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz, SCH2), 2.72 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz, SCH2CH2CF3), 2.58 (2H, m, NCH2CH2), 2.04 (3H, s, SCH3);31P NMR δ(D2O) 8.80 (d, 1P, J = 18.6 Hz, Pγ), 0.42 (dd, 1P, J1 = 18.9 Hz, J2 = 28.9 Hz, Pβ), −9.41 (d, 1P, J = 29.0 Hz, Pα). Anal. (C17H34Cl2F3N8O12P3S2·3H2O) H, N, S; C:  calcd, 23.16; found, 23.66.

References

  1.  Cangrelor Attenuates Coated-Platelet Formation
  2.  CHAMPION Trials With Cangrelor Stopped for Lack of Efficacy
  3. What Cangrelor Failure Means to Medicines
  4.  Effect of Platelet Inhibition with Cangrelor during PCI on Ischemic Events (2013) Bhatt, DL etal. New England Journal of Medicine March 10, 2013 DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa1300815 (published initially online).
  5. The Duel between Dual Antiplatelet Therapies (2013) Lange, RA and Hillis, LD. New England Journal of Medicine March 10, 2013 DOI: 10.1056/NEJMe1302504
  6. 15th European Federation for Medicinal Chemistry International Symposium on Medicinal Chemistry (Sept 6 1998, Edinburgh)1998,:Abst P.281
  7.  Specific P2Y12 purinoceptor antagonist; inhibits ADP-induced platelet aggregation. Prepn: A. H. Ingall et al., WO 9418216 (1994 to Fisons); eidemUS 5721219 (1998 to Astra); and in vivo antithrombotic activity: idem et al., J. Med. Chem. 42, 213 (1999).
  8. In vivo antithrombotic effects in canine arterial thrombosis: J. Huang et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 295, 492 (2000).
  9. Mechanism of action study: A. Ishii-Watabe et al., Biochem. Pharmacol. 59, 1345 (2000).
  10. Clinical safety assessment and evaluation in acute coronary syndromes: R. F. Storey et al., Thromb. Haemostasis 85, 401 (2001); in angina pectoris and non-Q-wave myocardial infarction: F. Jacobsson et al., Clin. Ther. 24, 752 (2002).
  11. Clinical pharmacodynamics compared with clopidogrel: R. F. Storey et al., Platelets 13, 407 (2002).
  12. Review of clinical development: S. C. Chattaraj, Curr. Opin. Invest. Drugs2, 250-255 (2001).
  13. WO2013/103567 A2,
  14. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1999 ,  vol. 42,  2  p. 213 – 220
Share
Feb 232014
 

RAMELTEON

ACN-S001714, ZINC00007031

  • HSDB 7787
  • Ramelteon
  • Rozerem
  • TAK-375
  • UNII-901AS54I69
Molecular Formula: C16H21NO2   Molecular Weight: 259.34344
CAS number 196597-26-9 
 (S)-N-[2-(1,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno-[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)ethyl]propionamide

(5)-N-[2-(l,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno-[5,4-ό]furan-8- yl)ethyl]propionamide

United States US 6034239 1999-07-22 expiry 2019-07-22

EP885210B1 , EP1792899A1 and J. Med Chem. 2002, 45, 4222-4239

NMR

[PPTData Supplement – Drug Metabolism and Disposition

  1. dmd.aspetjournals.org/content/suppl/…/Supplemental_Information.pptx

     May 17, 2010 – Ramelteon NMR Assignments. COSY: Black Arrows. HMBC: Red Arrows. Figure S-1b. 1H NMR Spectrum of Ramelteon. Figure S-1c.

Ramelteon is the first in a new class of sleep agents that selectively binds to the melatonin receptors in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN). It is used for insomnia, particularly delayed sleep onset. Ramelteon has not been shown to produce dependence and has shown no potential for abuse.

Ramelteon, marketed as Rozerem by Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, is the first in a new class of sleep agents that selectively binds to the MT1 and MT2 receptors in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN), instead of binding to GABA A receptors, such as with drugs like zolpidem,eszopiclone, and zaleplon. Ramelteon is approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for long-term use.

Ramelteon does not show any appreciable binding to GABAA receptors, which are associated with anxiolyticmyorelaxant, and amnesic effects.

Rozerem (ramelteon), FDA Approved 07.04.05, can be used for insomnia, particularly delayed sleep onset. Ramelteon has not been shown to produce dependence and has shown no potential for abuse, and the withdrawal and rebound insomnia that is typical with GABA modulators is not present in ramelteon. Some clinicians also use ramelteon for the treatment of Delayed sleep phase syndrome.

Ramelteon

Mechanism of action

Ramelteon is a melatonin receptor agonist with both high affinity for melatonin MT1 and MT2 receptors and selectivity over the MT3 receptor. Ramelteon demonstrates full agonist activity in vitro in cells expressing human MT1 or MT2 receptors, and high selectivity for human MT1 and MT2receptors compared to the MT3 receptor.[1]

The activity of ramelteon at the MT1 and MT2 receptors is believed to contribute to its sleep-promoting properties, as these receptors, acted upon by endogenous melatonin, are thought to be involved in the maintenance of the circadian rhythm underlying the normal sleep-wake cycle. Ramelteon has no appreciable affinity for the GABA receptor complex or for receptors that bind neuropeptidescytokinesserotonindopaminenoradrenaline,acetylcholine, and opiates. Ramelteon also does not interfere with the activity of a number of selected enzymes in a standard panel.

The significance of ramelteon’s lack of affinity for the MT3 receptor is not clear, despite the manufacturer’s emphasis of this fact in commercial advertisements. The MT3 receptor appears almost exclusively in the gut and might not have any relationship to sleep or wakefulness.

The major metabolite of ramelteon, M-II, is active and has approximately one tenth and one fifth the binding affinity of the parent molecule for the human MT1 and MT2 receptors, respectively, and is 17 – 25-fold less potent than ramelteon in in vitro functional assays. Although the potency of M-II at MT1 and MT2 receptors is lower than the parent drug, M-II circulates at higher concentrations than the parent producing 20 – 100 fold greater mean systemic exposure when compared to ramelteon. M-II has weak affinity for the serotonin 5-HT2B receptor, but no appreciable affinity for other receptors or enzymes. Similar to ramelteon, M-II does not interfere with the activity of a number of endogenous enzymes.

All other known metabolites of ramelteon are inactive.

No published studies have indicated whether ramelteon, in humans, is more or less safe or effective than the hormone melatonin which it mimics; melatonin is much less expensive and is widely available over-the-counter in the US and Canada. The biological action of melatonin is similar to that of ramelteon. Ramelteon has been directly compared to melatonin in cats, and Ramelteon had a significant (3x) longer effect and had a more profound effect on the EEG of the sleeping cats.[2]

Introduction

ROZEREM (ramelteon) is an orally active hypnotic, chemically designated as (S)-N-[2- (l,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno-[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)ethyl]propionamide, and contains one chiral center. The compound is produced as the (S)-enantiomer, with an empirical formula of C16H21N02, molecular weight of 259.34, and the following chemical structure (I):

 

Figure imgf000002_0001

(I) -Ramelteon

Ramelteon is used to help patients who have sleep-onset insomnia (difficulty falling asleep) to fall asleep more quickly. It is the first in a new class of sleep agents that selectively binds to the MT] and MT2 receptors in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN), in a class of medications called melatonin receptor agonists with both high affinity for melatonin MT! and MT2 receptors and selectivity over the MT3 receptor. It works similarly to melatonin, a natural substance in the brain that is needed for sleep.

Ramelteon was first disclosed in European patent EP 885210, which also disclosed a process for synthesizing ramelteon, as shown in scheme 1 : Scheme 1

 

Figure imgf000003_0001

Ramelteon

The processes of the prior art suffer from many disadvantages, some of which result from the fact that they involve several steps.

For instance, in US patent US 6034239, which is related to EP 885210, there is disclosed a process for preparing an intermediate compound of Formula (IV), which involves conversion of diethylcyano methyl phosphonate in the presence of 60% sodium hydride. Disadvantages of this particular reaction include the need for the highly flammable and corrosive base sodium hydride, the use of toxic triethyl phosphate for the formation of diethylcyano methyl phosphonate (which also has a high boiling point), and low yield of 60%. Such disadvantages mean that the disclosed process is difficult to implement industrially or economically. A further problem associated with prior art preparation techniques is the formation of dimeric impurities at the nitrile reduction stage (i.e. where the intermediate of Formula (IV) is reduced). For instance, US 6034239 discloses reduction of (l,2,6,7-Tetrahydro-8H-indeno-[5,4- b]furan-8-ylidene)-acetonitrile of formula (IV) by means of H2 over Raney nickel in in a solvent medium of ethanol NH3 to provide compound of formula (IIA). The reaction is carried out by applying 5 kg of hydrogen pressure, which results in the formation of the byproduct and impurity Dimer A, which in turn affects the yield and purity of the product of formula (IIA).

 

Figure imgf000004_0001

Dimer A

Similarly, (l,2,6,7-Tetrahydro-8H-indeno-[5,4-b]furan-8-ylidene)-acetonitrile of formula (IV) may be reduced by means of H2 over Raney cobalt in a solvent medium of ethanol/ NH3 to afford compound of formula (IIB). The reaction, which is carried out by applying hydrogen pressure, is not selective, and results in the formation of the by-product and impurity Dimer B, which in turn affects the yield and purity of product of formula (IIB).

 

Figure imgf000004_0002

Dimer B

Repeated purifications are required to remove impurities such as Dimer A and B to obtain ramelteon having the desired purity, which results in the poor yield of ramelteon.

Several other approaches are also described in the literature to make ramelteon and related compounds in WO2006030739, WO208062468, WO2008106179, US 2010152468, WO2009106966 and WO2010/055481. However, all processes of the prior art for the preparation of ramelteon are cumbersome; the processes employ a plurality of reagents and involve multiple steps, which make the overall processes uneconomical. Therefore there is a need for a more economical, efficient and industrially suitable method of making ramelteon, whereby address the problems associated with prior art, some of which are discussed above.

Ramelteon is the active ingredient in trademarked ROZEREM®, and is approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of insomnia characterized by difficulty with sleep onset.

Different processes for preparing (S)-N-[2-(l,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno-[5,4- b]furan-8-yl)ethyl]propionamide, i.e. ramelteon, are disclosed in US 6034239, JP 11080106, JP 11140073 and WO 2006/030739. U.S. Patent No. 6034239 describes the following processes for the preparation of ramelteon:

Figure imgf000004_0001

Japan Patent Publication No. 11080106 reports the following process for the preparation of ramelteon:

Ru(OCOCH3)[(R)-BI NAP] IOOatm H2/50 temp

Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000005_0002

BF3 DEE Complex

 

Figure imgf000005_0003

Japan Patent Publication no. 11140073 reports the following process for the preparation of an intermediate of ramelteon:

 

Figure imgf000005_0004

PCT Publication No. WO/2006/030739 reports the following process for the preparation of ramelteon:

POCI3/DMF (EtO)2P(O)CH2CO2Et Toluene NaH/Toluene

Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000006_0002
Figure imgf000006_0003

 

Figure imgf000006_0004

 

Figure imgf000006_0005
Figure imgf000006_0006

 

Figure imgf000006_0007

Purification in Ethanol water 95 7%

United States Patent No. 6,034,239 discloses the formation of chiral intermediates (S)-(- )-N-[2-(l,6,7,8,-tetrahydro-2H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)ethylamine (sometimes referred to as compound S-2 or intermediate compound S-2) by the catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation of 2- (l,2,6,7,-tetrahydro-8H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8-ylidene)ethylamine (compound 3 in the reaction scheme shown below) in the presence of a catalytic amount of BINAP-ruthenium complex in approximately 89% e.e. (enantiomeric excess). Following the catalytic reaction, the product is purified by preparing acid salts and acylated with propionyl chloride (compound 4 in the reaction scheme shown below) to obtain ramelteon (compound 1 in the reaction scheme shown below) in its pure (S) isomer form.

 

Figure imgf000003_0001

|S)*2

An alternate process for preparing ramelteon is disclosed in the Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 45, pp. 4222-4239 (2002), wherein the exo double bond of intermediates (A) shown below was asymmetrically reduced using (S)-2, 2′-bis-(diphenylphosphino)-l, 1 ‘- binaphthyl (binap)-Ru complex as the catalyst to obtain the enantiomerically pure compound (B). Compound (B) is subsequently converted to ramelteon (1) through the intermediate steps of Claisen condensation, ozonolysis and cyclization.

 

Figure imgf000003_0002

m Both of the above processes uses expensive catalyst and give poor enantioselectivity. Additionally, these processes are expensive due to the need to perform multiple purifications steps in order to achieve an enantioselectivity of at least about 99% or greater of the desired isomer.

PCT Patent Publication No. WO 2008/062468 A2 discloses the following process for the preparation of ramelteon:

 

Figure imgf000004_0001

RAMELTEON

WO 2008/062468 teaches that separation of the enantiomers of intermediate (2) may be accomplished by: i) optical resolution of the racemic amine intermediate (2) by preparing acid salts with chirally pure acids; or ii) chromatographic techniques using chiral and/or achiral stationary phases for batch process, super critical or sub critical chromatography and/or continuous process chromatography. Although WO 2008/062468 mentions the possible use of optical resolution with chirally pure acids, there is no further teaching, discussion or disclosure of this method. WO 2008/062468 does, however, provide detailed descriptions of chromatographic methods for separating the isomers of intermediate compound (2). The disclosed chromatographic process suffers the following disadvantages:

• Preparative chromatography is time consuming & expensive;

• Highly sophisticated instrumentation required; • Not commercially feasible.

PCT Patent Publication No. WO 2008/106179 discloses a process for the preparation of ramelteon that involves the following reaction steps:

 

Figure imgf000005_0001

wherein X= O-alkyl or NH2 and chiral reduction of the compound of formula IV in the presence of Ru-BINAP complex under hydrogen atmosphere in an organic solvent.

 

Figure imgf000005_0002

IV                                                                            V

The process disclosed in WO 2008/106179 is similar to the process disclosed in United States Patent No. 6,034,239 and the Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 45 in that a Ru-BINAP complex is employed.

Resolution of racemic mixtures via reaction with optically active acids and the subsequent crystallization of the resulting salts is preferably employed when the chiral carbon of the racemic compound is an alpha carbon {i.e., one carbon removed) to the functional group forming the acid addition salt. As the distance between the chiral carbon of the racemic compound to the functional group of the racemic compound increases to beta (i.e., two carbon removed) & gamma (i.e., three carbon removed), the resolution of the diastereomeric salt becomes more difficult and not very useful.

Ramelteon has a chiral center at the gamma carbon, which makes the separation of the isomer with an optically active acid quite a daunting task. Similarly, N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8,- tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b]furan-8-yl)]ethylamine (compound T), an intermediate useful in the production of ramelteon has a chiral center at the gamma carbon which would lead a skilled artisan to believe that optical resolution with an optically active acid could prove difficult.

Synthesis

Ramelteon synth.png

Chilman-Blair, K.; Castañer, J.; Silvestre, J.S.; Bayés, M. (2003). “TAK-375”. Drugs of the Future 28 (10): 950. doi:10.1358/dof.2003.028.10.763214.

………………..

SYNTHESIS

Scheme 1 :

 

Figure imgf000007_0001

XIV (S)-XII

Figure imgf000007_0002

……………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO2012035303A2

Scheme 2

 

Figure imgf000021_0001

0-30°C

Metal salt Propionyl halide/

Propionc anhydride

 

Figure imgf000021_0002

Ramelteon (I)

Synthesis of ramelteon

Preparation 1

N-[2-(l,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-2H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)-ethyl]-propionamide (2.0 gm) was dissolved in 50.0 ml (n-Hexane:IPA:DEA) (as used herein, “IPA” stands for isopropyl alcohol, and “DEA” stands for diethylamine)

and optically resolved by high performance column chromatography on CHTRAL PACK IA-3 using Mobile phase : n-Hexane:IPA:DEA Flow rate: 1.0ml/min UV:285 nm; at a column temperature of 25°C;sample concentartion: lmg/ml and, eluted with mobile phase. Both the enantiomers were collected separately and after evaporation of solvent under vacuum, enantiomerically pure ramelteon (I) was obtained. Preparation 2- using Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC)

N-[2-(l56,7,8-Tetrahydro-2H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)-ethyl]-propionamide (2.0 gm) was dissolved in 50.0 ml (n-Hexane:Ethanol:DEA) and optically resolved by Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) on CHIRAL PACK AD-H using a mobile phase : C02/(Methanol/ Diethylamine[DEA]) and eluted with mobile phase. Both the enantiomers were collected separately and after evaporation of solvent under vacuum, enantiomerically pure S- ramelteon of Formula (I) and R-ramelteon were obtained with isomeric purity>99%.

………………………………

SYNTHESIS

WO2010055481A1

synthesis of ramelteon that comprises the step of separating N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8- yl)]ethylamine (compound 2) into its isomers using an optically active acid to achieve high enantioselectivity of the desired isomer. This embodiment may further include the step of acylating the substantially pure enantiomer, (S)-N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl)]ethylamine (compound (S)-2) using a suitable acylating agent, such as propionyl chloride) to provide (S)-7V-[2-(l,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8-yl]ethyl]propionamide (ramelteon or compound 1) substantially free of the (R)-isomer.

One embodiment of the present invention for the preparation of ramelteon is shown below in Scheme 1.

 

Figure imgf000007_0001

Example 1

Preparation of (S)-N-2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl) ethylamine (Compound (S)-2)

A solution of N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl)ethylamine (45 g; 0.22 mol) in methanol (225 ml) is added to a solution of S-(+)-2-(4-isobutylphenyl)propionic acid (41 g; 0.20 mol) in methanol (205 ml) at 25-300C. The reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude salt precipitated is recrystallized in methanol to give a diastereomeric salt of (S)-N-2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl) ethylamine with (S)-(+)-2-(4-isobutylphenyl) propionic acid having a chiral purity of greater than 90% enantioselectivity. The product obtained is recrystallized from methanol to give the pure salt having chiral purity of 99% or greater enantioselectivity.

The purified salt is suspended in water and the pH of the suspension is adjusted to 11-12 using aqueous sodium hydroxide. The reaction mixture is extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water and evaporated to give the pure (S)-N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl)]ethylamine (compound (S)-2), substantially free from its (R) isomer.

Example 2

Preparation of (S)-N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan-8-yl)ethyl] propionamide (ramelteon)

Triethyl amine (15.15 g, 0.15 mol) and propionyl chloride (13.66 g, 0.15 mol) were added to a solution of S-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5,4-b]furan-8-yl)]ethylamine (25 g, 0.12 mol) (compound (S)-2) (prepared in Example 1) in dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 75 mL water was added to the reaction mixture, and the layers were separated. The dichloromethane layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified from a mixture of acetone and hexane to give (S)-N-[2-(l, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2H-indeno [5, 4-b] furan- 8-yl) ethyl] propionamide (compound 1) having a chiral purity of 99% or greater enantioselectivity.

…………
INTERMEDIATES

The intermediate compound of formula Vl, 6,7-dihydro-1 H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8(2H)-one, can then be subjected to further synthesis steps to yield ramelteon by synthesis route known to or readily devisable by a person skilled in the art, suitably involving the introduction of the side chain having chirality and amide function. The documents mentioned infra are incorporated herein by way of reference. For example, the following synthesis route may be applied:

Figure imgf000016_0001

1 ) NaOH

Vl 2) H2, Ru-BI NAP

3) HCI

4) H2, Pd/C

 

Figure imgf000016_0002

Experimental Procedures

Example 1 :

Preparation of 4-(2-chloroethyl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran (II)

 

Figure imgf000016_0003

intermediate FTIR spectra of MeCN (140 ml) was recorded as reference. MeCN was cooled to -200C, oxalyl chloride (16.5 ml) was added at once and waited until temperature re-stabilized at – 200C. DMF (16.6 ml) was then added drop-wise (temperature between -18°C and -22°C, 0.5 ml/min). Reaction was stirred until no oxalyl chloride was visible and DMF level was stable by FTIR. Vilsmeier reagent is thereby formed in situ according to the following reaction:

Figure imgf000017_0001

Product I was then added portion wise (temperature between -18°C and -210C, about 30 min). Formation of intermediate was immediately observed by FTIR. Reaction was stirred for one hour. Et3N was then added drop-wise (temperature between -18°C and -22°C, 50 ml/h). At the end of addition, reaction was stirred 15 min at -200C and temperature was slowly raised to 500C (within about 15 min). Disappearance of intermediate and formation of DMF and product Il was monitored by FTIR. When reaction looked completed by FTIR (about 2h at 50°C), the reaction was cooled down to 200C and quenched with water (45 ml). Solution was transferred to a round bottom flask and MeCN was removed under reduced pressure. Solution was then diluted with MTBE (100 ml) and water (50 ml). Phases were separated and aqueous phase was re-extracted twice with MTBE (50 ml). Combined organic phases were washed twice with 10% H34/10% NaCI solution and stored at 4°C until next step.

List of FTIR bands used to follow the reaction (using 2nd derivative and solvent subtraction): Oxalyl chloride (reactant): Height to two point baseline, peak from 1800 cm“1 to 1770 cm“1, baseline 1800 cm“1 to 1770 cm“1.

Intermediate: Height to single point baseline, peak from 1722 cm“1 to 1712 cm“1, baseline

1722 cm“1.

Compound Il (product): Area to two point baseline, peak from 993 cm“1 to 981 cm“1, baseline 993 cm“1 to 981 cm“1.

DMF: Height to single point baseline, peak from 1694 cm“1 to 1680 cm“1, baseline 1694 cm“1.

Example 2:

Preparation of 4-vinyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran (III)

 

Figure imgf000017_0002

M FTIR spectra of MTBE was recorded prior to the reaction as reference. To the solution of 4- (2-chloroethyl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran (II) in MTBE (150 ml) obtained at the previous step, was added, water (38 ml), Kl (1.37 g), Bu4NOH 40% (19 ml) and NaOH 50% solution (66 ml). Reaction was vigorously stirred and heated at 500C until reaction looked completed by FTIR (4 to 5 h). Warm reaction mixture was then transferred into an extraction funnel to give three phases. Water phase (bottom) was removed and did not contain product. Medium phase (colored black) was diluted with water (120 ml) and was extracted three times with MTBE. Combined organic phases were washed twice with water, once with 0.5M NaHSO3/10% NaCI solution and once with 1 N NaOH/10% NaCI solution. MTBE solution was dried using MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and used immediately for next step.List of FTIR bands used to follow the reaction (using 2nd derivative and solvent subtraction) Compound Il (reactant): Area to zero, peak from 1440 cm“1 to 1437 cm“1 Compound III (product): Area to zero, peak from 1417 cm“1 to 1412 cm“1. Compound III (product): Area to zero, peak from 1565 cm“1 to 1562 cm“1.

Example 3:

Preparation of 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethanone (V)

 

Figure imgf000018_0001

4-vinyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran (I I I ) (2.4 g) was dissolved in toluene (2 ml) and were successively added (ITC) (51 mg), PdCI2(30 mg) and H2O2 30% (2 ml). Reaction was vigorously stirred at 55°C until reaction looked completed by FTIR. (for around 24 h). Reaction was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (50 ml) and water (50 ml). Phases were separated and organic phase was washed with 0.5M NaHSO3/10% NaCI solution and twice with 1 M NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography gave 1-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethanone (V). 1H NMR δ (CDCI3) 7.35 (dd, 1 H, J = 0.8 Hz, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.19 (t, 1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 6.95 (d, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 4.57 (t, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.52 (t, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 2.57 (s, 3H). 13C NMR δ (CDCI3) 198.8, 161.0, 133.8, 128.2, 127.9, 121.4, 1 13.4, 71.6, 31.0, 27.6.

List of FTIR bands used to follow the reaction (using 2nd derivative and solvent subtraction) Compound III (reactant): Area to single point baseline, peak from 925 cm“1 to 915 cm“1, baseline 915 cm“1.

Compound V (product): Area to zero, peak from 1730 cm“1 to 1724 cm“1.

Example 4:

Preparation of 6,7-dihydro-1 H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8(2H)-one (Vl)

 

Figure imgf000019_0001

V Vl1 -(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)ethanone (V) (1 g, 6.2 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (9 ml). TADCA (dicyclohexylammonium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate) (1 .82 g, 1 eq) and paraformaldehyde (0.61 1 g, 1.1 eq) were added. The reaction was heated at 1000C for 2 h. A second portion of TADCA (0.91 g, 0.5 eq) and paraformaldehyde (0.333 g, 0.6 eq) were added and the reaction was heated at 1000C for 2 h. Reaction was partitioned between water (20 ml) and pentane (30 ml). Aqueous phase was re-extracted 4 times with pentane (10 ml). Combined pentane phases were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4. Solution was diluted to 100 ml with pentane. This solution was added dropwise to a pre-heated solution of sulfuric acid at 67°C (10 ml) under nitrogen stream. At the end of addition, the reaction was stirred for 30 min. Reaction was cooled down to room temperature and poured on iced water (50 ml). Solution was extracted 5 times with MTBE. Combined organic phases were washed with water, NaHCO3 1 M and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography furnished pure 6,7-dihydro-1 H-indeno[5,4-b]furan-8(2H)-one (Vl). 1H NMR δ (CDCI3) 7.21 (dd, 1 H, J = 0.9 Hz, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 4.66 (t, 2H, J = 8.9 Hz), 3.48 (t, 2H, J = 8.9 Hz), 3.08 (dd, 2H, J = 4.9 Hz, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.69 (m, 2H). 13C NMR δ (CDCI3) 207.5, 160.2, 147.1 , 133.6, 125.6, 123.9, 1 15.6, 72.3, 37.1 , 28.4, 25.4.

…………………………………

SYNTHESIS

Improve the synthesis and flow properties of an insomnia drug. 

Ramelteon (1), marketed as Rozerem by Takeda Pharmaceuticals, is used to treat insomnia. V. K. Kansal and co-inventors describe several processes that are used to prepare it, all of which require many steps. The inventors offer no comments about the relative merits of the processes, but they state that a new industrial-scale process is needed. Their main claims are to intermediate acid 2 as a racemic mixture and individual enantiomers; one enantiomer is converted to 1 by the route shown in Figure 1.

The inventors use diastereomeric crystallization to resolve the racemic mixture by forming its (S)-1-phenylethylamine salt. The salt of the (R)-isomer of 2 is recovered first; then the salt of (S)-2 is isolated from the solution and acidified to give the free acid, which is purified by using (R)-1-phenylethylamine. Both enantiomers are isolated with >99.0% purity and >99.0% ee.

The (S)-acid is converted to acid chloride 3 and then to amide 4 by reactions with SOCl2and NH3 gas, respectively. The chloride is not isolated; the amide is recovered in 85–90% yield with 95–98% purity. When aq NH4OH is used instead of NH3 gas, the purity of 4 is slightly lower (93–96%). An alternative method for preparing 4 is to treat 2 with Et3N and ClCO2Et, followed by NH3. This method produces 4 in yields of 80–95% and 97–99% purity.

Amide 4 is reduced to amine 5 with NaBH4 and BF3·Et2O. The amine is purified by forming its chloride or oxalate salt in yields as high as 85% and 96–98% purity. The salts are used to prepare 1 by treating them with EtCOCl in the presence of base: NaOH for the chloride salt and Na2CO3 for the oxalate. In both cases, the yield of 1 is >92%, and the purity is as high as 99.9% after recrystallization from EtOH.

The inventors also recrystallized 1 from toluene to produce what they describe as a “nonelectrostatic” crystalline form, designated as form A. They describe the measurement of the electrostatic charge of the crystals in one of the patent’s examples. The measurements show that the average charge density of form A is ≈15 times lower than crystals obtained from EtOAc. Low electrostatic charge improves the flow characteristics of the solid, which is important in preparing drug formulations.

The inventors report the details of preparing rac-2 by a multistep procedure shown in Figure 2.

In most of the reaction steps, the product is isolated in crude form; the inventors do not indicate whether the product is purified before it is used in the next stage. The synthesis of rac-2 begins with the conversion of benzofuran (6) to aldehyde7 by treatment with POCl3 followed by hydrolysis. The crude product is isolated as a liquid in 85–90% yield and 90–92% purity.

In the next step, 7 is condensed with malonic acid (8) in the presence of piperidine and HOAc; acid 9 is isolated in 92–95% yield and 95% purity. Catalytic hydrogenation of 9produces 10 in 95% yield and 94–96% purity. The hydrogenation also can be carried out in the presence of NaOH and HCO2NH4; the yield and purity of 10 are the same, but the reaction takes 6 h instead of 2 h. [The patent does not state why NaOH and HCO2NH4 would be used.—Ed.] Acid 10 is brominated to produce acid 11, isolated in 50–60% yield and 92–95% purity.

The next stage begins with treating 11 with SOCl2 to activate the carboxyl group by forming acid chloride 12. The chloride is not isolated but cyclized under Friedel–Crafts conditions to give tricyclic compound 13, isolated in yields of 85–92% and 90-95% purity. This reaction also produces two impurities, 14 and 15, but the amounts are not reported. Removing the impurities gives 13 in good yield, but the inventors do not describe how this is done. They do report that the impurities can be isolated, and 1H and 13C NMR data are provided for both.

In the next step, the bromine atoms in 13 are replaced by hydrogen to give 16 in 85–90% yield and 96–97%purity. This reaction produces two impurities, 17 and 18; again, the amounts are not reported, but 1H and 13C NMR data are. After MeOH reflux in the presence active carbon, 16 is isolated in 80–85% yield with 99.3–99.8% purity. It is then converted to ester 20 by treating it with a solution of phosphonate 19 that contains suspended NaH. Crude product 20 is isolated in 80–85% yield and 92–95% purity as a mixture of (E)- and (Z)-isomers. The isomer mixture is hydrogenated, and base hydrolysis gives rac-2 in 90–95% isolated yield and 95–98% purity.

The inventors claim that the overall process is suitable for producing ramelteon on an industrial scale in a crystalline form that has improved flow characteristics. (Teva Pharmaceutical Industries [Petah Tiqva, Israel]. US Patent 8,084,630, Dec. 27, 2011;

RAMELTEON

 

…………………….

SYNTHESIS

http://sat.ecnu.edu.cn/Uploadnews/20120213113859628.pdf

CHINESE CHEMICAL LETTERS 22, 2011, 264 SEE SYN OF KEY INTERMEDIATE

1:(S)-N-(2-(6-Methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)ethyl)propionamide 1======KEY INTERMEDIATE

[a]D20 10.0 (c, 0.20, EtOH); mp 76–77 8C;

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): d1.15 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.70 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 1H), 2.19 (q, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m,1H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, 1H, J = 2.0 Hz, 8.5 Hz), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz).

13C NMR (100 MHz,DMSO–d6): d173.7, 158.7, 148.1, 135.8, 124.9, 112.3, 109.2, 55.5, 42.7, 37.9, 34.8, 32.5, 30.6, 29.8, 9.9. EI-MS: 247 ([M]+); HR-MS 247.1572([M]+
, C15H21NO2; Calcd. 247.1571). The enantiomeric excess of (S)-1 was determined by HPLC as >99.9% [column, CHIRALPAK AS-H
(4.6 mm  250 mm), room temperature; eluent, hexane-2-propanol-trifluoroacetic acid (90:10:0.1); flow rate, 1.0 mL/min; detect, 290 nm; tRof (S)-1, 30.7 min; tR of (R)-1 (enantiomer of (S)-1), 37.1 min].

…………………….

NMR

[PPTData Supplement – Drug Metabolism and Disposition

  1. dmd.aspetjournals.org/content/suppl/…/Supplemental_Information.pptx

     May 17, 2010 – Ramelteon NMR Assignments. COSY: Black Arrows. HMBC: Red Arrows. Figure S-1b. 1H NMR Spectrum of Ramelteon. Figure S-1c.

 

References

  1.  Owen RT (April 2006). “Ramelteon: profile of a new sleep-promoting medication”. Drugs Today 42 (4): 255–63. doi:10.1358/dot.2006.42.4.970842PMID 16703122.
  2.  Miyamoto M, Nishikawa H, Doken Y, Hirai K, Uchikawa O, Ohkawa S (November 2004). “The sleep-promoting action of ramelteon (TAK-375) in freely moving cats”. Sleep 27 (7): 1319–25.PMID 15586784.
  3.  Zammit G, Erman M, Wang-Weigand S, Sainati S, Zhang J, Roth T (August 2007). “Evaluation of the Efficacy and Safety of Ramelteon in Subjects with Chronic Insomnia”J Clin Sleep Med 3 (5): 495–504. PMC 1978328PMID 17803013.
  4. Daniel F. Kipke, MD |title=Evidence That New Hypnotics Cause Cancer |journal=University of California |date=March 2008 |url=http://escholarship.org/uc/item/12r2f32g#page-2
  5. http://db.wdc-jp.com/cgi-bin/psj/data/cpb/pdf/201108/c08_1062.pdf
  6. http://sat.ecnu.edu.cn/Uploadnews/20120213113859628.pdf
  7. https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=http%3A%2F%2Fdmd.aspetjournals.org%2Fcontent%2Fsuppl%2F2010%2F05%2F17%2Fdmd.110.034009.DC1%2FSupplemental_Information.pptx
  8. Full-Text PDF – MDPI.com

 

 

WO2008106179A1 Feb 26, 2008 Sep 4, 2008 Teva Pharma Intermediates and processes for the synthesis of ramelteon
WO2008151170A2 Jun 2, 2008 Dec 11, 2008 Teva Pharma Process for the synthesis of ramelteon and its intermediates
EP0885210B1 Mar 5, 1997 Jun 12, 2002 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tricylic compounds having binding affinity for melatonin receptors, their production and use
EP1792899A1 Sep 12, 2005 Jun 6, 2007 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Process for production of optically active amine derivatives
US6034239 * Mar 6, 1997 Mar 7, 2000 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US20010039286 * Feb 13, 2001 Nov 8, 2001 Kevin Dinnell 2-aryl indole derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2006030739A1 Sep 12, 2005 Mar 23, 2006 Takeda Pharmaceutical Process for production of optically active amine derivatives
WO2008062468A2 Oct 15, 2007 May 29, 2008 Cadila Healthcare Ltd Process for the preparation of optically pure indeno [5,4-b] furan derivatives
WO2008106179A1 Feb 26, 2008 Sep 4, 2008 Teva Pharma Intermediates and processes for the synthesis of ramelteon
WO2009106966A1 Feb 27, 2009 Sep 3, 2009 Medichem, S.A. Process for preparing ramelteon.
WO2010055481A1 Nov 12, 2009 May 20, 2010 Watson Pharma Private Limited Process for the preparation of ramelteon
WO2010092107A1 * Feb 11, 2010 Aug 19, 2010 Lek Pharmaceuticals D.D. Synthesis of (s)-n-[2-(1,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2h-indeno-[5,4-b]furan-8-yl)ethyl]propionamide
WO2010103553A1 * Mar 10, 2009 Sep 16, 2010 Industriale Chimica S.R.L. Process for the preparation of ramelteon
EP0885210A1 Mar 5, 1997 Dec 23, 1998 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US6034239 Mar 6, 1997 Mar 7, 2000 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US20100152468 Oct 16, 2009 Jun 17, 2010 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Process for the synthesis of ramelteon and its intermediates
WO2008062468A2 * Oct 15, 2007 May 29, 2008 Cadila Healthcare Ltd Process for the preparation of optically pure indeno [5,4-b] furan derivatives
US5321154 * Jul 31, 1992 Jun 14, 1994 Nagase & Company, Ltd. Optical resolution of (.+-.)-2-(4-isobutylphenyl)-propionic acid
US6218429 * May 10, 1999 Apr 17, 2001 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds, their production and use
US6348485 * Jun 8, 1999 Feb 19, 2002 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method for treating or preventing sleep disorders
US20080214559 * Jan 7, 2008 Sep 4, 2008 Solvay Pharmaceuticals B.V. Compounds with a combination of cannabinoid cb1 antagonism and serotonin reuptake inhibition
US20080242877 * Feb 26, 2008 Oct 2, 2008 Vinod Kumar Kansal Intermediates and processes for the synthesis of Ramelteon
WO2012035303A2 Sep 16, 2011 Mar 22, 2012 Cipla Limited Et Al A novel process for synthesis of ramelteon, and key intermediates for the synthesis of ramelteon

Dedicated to lionel my son

My daughter Aishal

THEY KEEP ME GOING

 

ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

[email protected]

MOBILE-+91 9323115463
GLENMARK SCIENTIST ,  INDIA
web link
http://anthonycrasto.jimdo.com/

Congratulations! Your presentation titled “Anthony Crasto Glenmark scientist, helping millions with websites” has just crossed MILLION views.
アンソニー     安东尼   Энтони    안토니     أنتوني
join my process development group on google
you can post articles and will be administered by me on the google group which is very popular across the world
Share

Sonidegib/Erismodegib..Novartis Cancer Drug LDE225 Meets Primary Endpoint in Phase 2

 Phase 3 drug  Comments Off on Sonidegib/Erismodegib..Novartis Cancer Drug LDE225 Meets Primary Endpoint in Phase 2
Feb 202014
 

Sonidegib/Erismodegib

CODE DESIGNATION ..LDE225, NVP-LDE-225

Treatment of medulloblastoma PHASE3 2014 FDA FILING

Treatment of advanced basal cell carcinoma PHASE3 2014 FDA FILING

Treatment of SOLID TUMORS..PHASE1 2017 FDA FILING

READMalignant Solid Tumors of Childhood

THERAPEUTIC CLAIM Oncology, Antineoplastics & Adjunctive Therapies

CHEMICAL NAMES

1. [1,1′-Biphenyl]-3-carboxamide, N-[6-[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]-3-pyridinyl]-2-
methyl-4′-(trifluoromethoxy)-, rel-

2. N-{6-[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]pyridin-3-yl}-2-methyl-4′-
(trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl-3-carboxamide

N-[6-[(2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]pyridin-3-yl]-2-methyl-3-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]benzamide

N-(6-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)pyridin-3-yl)-2-methyl-4′-(trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl-3-carboxamide

MOLECULAR FORMULA C26H26F3N3O3

MOLECULAR WEIGHT 485.5

SPONSOR Novartis Pharma AG

CAS REGISTRY NUMBER 956697-53-3  free form

NOTE… DIPHOSPHATE SALT IS THE DRUG WITH CAS 1218778-77-8

sonidegib – European Medicines Agency READ THIS..

Summary EudraCT Number: 2012-004022-21 Sponsor’s Protocol  READ THIS

Novartis announced that the pivotal trial of the investigational oral compound LDE225 (sonidegib) in advanced basal cell carcinoma met its primary endpoint of demonstrating an objective response rate among patients within six months of treatment. Objective response included complete response (clinically significant tumor response with complete absence of disease) and partial response (clinically significant tumor shrinkage).
Basal cell carcinoma is the most common form of skin cancer, accounting for more than 80% of non-melanoma skin cancers, and can be highly disfiguring and life-threatening if it grows. Worldwide incidence of basal cell carcinoma is rising by 10% each year due to factors such as an aging population and increased ultraviolet exposure. Although basal cell carcinoma rarely metastasizes, once it does, it can be associated with significant morbidity.
“For people living with advanced basal cell carcinoma there are currently limited treatment options,” said Alessandro Riva, president, Novartis Oncology ad interim and global head, Oncology Development and Medical Affairs. “These results demonstrate the potential for LDE225 to offer a treatment option for this patient population, and we look forward to sharing these data with regulatory authorities worldwide.”
Full study results will be presented at a future scientific meeting.

About the Study

The Phase II, randomized, double-blind BOLT (Basal cell carcinoma Outcomes in LDE225 Trial) study was designed to assess the safety and efficacy of two oral dose levels of LDE225 (200 mg and 800 mg) in patients with locally advanced or metastatic basal cell carcinoma[4], which are subtypes of advanced basal cell carcinoma.

The primary endpoint was the proportion of patients achieving an objective response rate, defined as a confirmed complete response and partial response as their best overall response per modified RECIST criteria, within six months of starting treatment with LDE225. Key secondary endpoints of the study included assessing the duration of tumor responseand the rate of complete response. Other secondary endpoints included progression-free survival, time to tumor response and overall surviva

Date: February 19, 2013
Source: Novartis
Links
MORE ABOUT SONIDEGIB

Sonidegib (INN) or Erismodegib (USAN), also known as LDE225 is a Hedgehog signalling pathway inhibitor (via smoothened antagonism) being developed as an anticancer agent by Novartis.[1][2] It has been investigated as a potential treatment for:

NVP-LDE-225, a product candidate developed by Novartis, is in phase III clinical trials for the treatment of medulloblastoma and basal cell carcinoma. Phase II trials are in progress for the treatment of adult patients with relapsed or refractory or untreated elderly patients with acute leukemia.

Early clinical trials are ongoing for the oral treatment of advanced solid tumors, for the treatment of myelofibrosis in combination with ruxolitinib and for the treatment of small cell lung cancer. A phase II clinical trial for the treatment of basal cell carcinomas in Gorlin’s syndrome patients with a cream formulation of NVP-LDE-225 was discontinued in 2011 since the formulation did not demonstrate tumor clearance rate sufficient to support further development.

Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and the Massachusetts General Hospital are conducting phase I clinical trials for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic pancreatic cancer in combination with chemotherapy. In 2009, orphan drug designation was assigned in the E.U. for the treatment of Gorlin syndrome.

It has demonstrated significant efficacy against melanoma in vitro and in vivo.[21] It also demonstrated efficacy in a mouse model of pancreatic cancer.[22]

NVP-LDE225 Diphosphate salt (Erismodegib, Sonidegib) 

Formula Image

Synonym:Erismodegib, Sonidegib
CAS Number:1218778-77-8
Mol. Formula:C26H26F3N3O3 ∙ 2H3PO4
MW:681.5
nmr.http://www.chemietek.com/Files/Line2/Chemietek,%20NVP-LDE225%20[02],%20NMR.pdf
hplc–http://www.chemietek.com/Files/Line3/Chemietek,%20NVP-LDE225%20[02],%20HPLC.pdf

Brief Description:

A potent, selective, and orally bioavailable Smoothened (Hedgehog Signaling Pathway) antagonist, currently in clinical trials. Diphosphate salt offers a much better bioavailability than free base (Ref. a)
a. Pan, S., et al, Discovery of NVP-LDE225, a Potent and Selective Smoothened Antagonist, ACS Med. Chem. Lett., 2010, 1 (3), pp 130–134.

About LDE225

LDE225 (sonidegib) is an oral, investigational, selective smoothened inhibitor being studied in a variety of cancers. Smoothened (SMO) is a molecule that regulates the hedgehog (Hh) signaling pathway, which plays a critical role in stem cell maintenance and tissue repair. LDE225 is currently in clinical development for a variety of diseases including myelofibrosis, leukemia and solid tumors.

Given that LDE225 is an investigational compound, the safety and efficacy profile has not yet been fully established. Access to this investigational compound is available only through carefully controlled and monitored clinical trials. These trials are designed to better understand the potential benefits and risks of the compound. Given the uncertainty of clinical trials, there is no guarantee that LDE225 will ever be commercially available anywhere in the world.

Possibility (LDE225) is effective in medulloblastoma relapsed or refractory hedgehog pathway inhibitor sonidegib has been revealed. That the anti-tumor effect was observed in some patients and tolerability in 1/2 test phase.

4th Quadrennial Meeting of the World Federation of Neuro-Oncology in conjunction with the 18th Annual Meeting of the Society for Neuro-Oncology, which was held in San Francisco November 21 to 24 in (WFNO-SNO2013), rice Dana-Farber It was announced by Mark Kieran Mr. Children’s Hospital Cancer Center.

The research group, announced the final results of the Phase 1 trial that target advanced solid cancer in children of sonidegib.  1 dose increased multi-test phase, was initiated from 372mg/m2 once-daily dosing to target children under the age of 18 more than 12 months. (233mg/m2 group 11 people, 16 people 372mg/m2 group, 11 people group 425mg/m2, 680mg/m2 group 21 women) who participated 59 people, including medulloblastoma 38 patients. 12 median age was (2-17).

Creatine phosphokinase elevation of grade 4 only were seen at 372mg/m2 as dose-limiting toxicity only, and became two recommended dose phase and 680mg/m2.  Nausea muscle pain creatine kinase rise malaise (22.0%) (15.3%) (15.3%), (13.6%), vomiting side effects were many, was (13.6%). Hypersensitivity vomiting creatine kinase increased (3.4%) (1.7%) (1.7%), rhabdomyolysis side effects of grade 3/4 was (1.7%).  (One group 372mg/m2, 425mg/m2 group one) complete response was obtained in two people, a strong correlation was found between the activation of the hedgehog pathway and effect.

Phase III clinical trials that target medulloblastoma the activated hedgehog pathway currently are underway.

About Novartis

Novartis provides innovative healthcare solutions that address the evolving needs of patients and societies. Headquartered in Basel, Switzerland, Novartis offers a diversified portfolio to best meet these needs: innovative medicines, eye care, cost-saving generic pharmaceuticals, preventive vaccines and diagnostic tools, over-the-counter and animal health products. Novartis is the only global company with leading positions in these areas. In 2013, the Group achieved net sales of USD 57.9 billion, while R&D throughout the Group amounted to approximately USD 9.9 billion (USD 9.6 billion excluding impairment and amortization charges). Novartis Group companies employ approximately 136,000 full-time-equivalent associates and operate in more than 140 countries around the world.

Increased levels of Hedgehog signaling are sufficient to initiate cancer formation and are required for tumor survival.
These cancers include, but are not limited to, prostate cancer (“Hedgehog signalling in prostate regeneration, neoplasia and metastasis”, Karhadkar S S, Bova G S, Abdallah N, Dhara S, Gardner D, Maitra A, Isaacs J T, Berman D M, Beachy P A., Nature. 2004 Oct. 7; 431(7009):707-12;
“Inhibition of prostate cancer proliferation by interference with SONIC HEDGEHOG-GLI1 signaling”, Sanchez P, Hernandez A M, Stecca B, Kahler A J, DeGueme A M, Barrett A, Beyna M, Datta M W, Datta S, Ruiz i Altaba A., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2004 Aug. 24; 101(34):12561-6),
breast cancer (“Hedgehog signaling pathway is a new therapeutic target for patients with breast cancer”, Kubo M, Nakamura M, Tasaki A, Yamanaka N, Nakashima H, Nomura M, Kuroki S, Katano M., Cancer Res. 2004 Sep. 1; 64(17):6071-4),
medulloblastoma (“Medulloblastoma growth inhibition by hedgehog pathway blockade”, Berman D M, Karhadkar S S, Hallahan A R, Pritchard J I, Eberhart C G, Watkins D N, Chen J K, Cooper M K, Taipale J, Olson J M, Beachy P A., Science. 2002 Aug. 30; 297(5586):1559-61),
basal cell carcinoma (“Identification of a small molecule inhibitor of the hedgehog signaling pathway: effects on basal cell carcinoma-like lesions”, Williams J A, Guicherit O M, Zaharian B I, Xu Y, Chai L, Wichterle H, Kon C, Gatchalian C, Porter J A, Rubin L L, Wang F Y., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2003 Apr. 15; 100(8):4616-21;
“Activating Smoothened mutations in sporadic basal-cell carcinoma”, Xie J, Murone M, Luoh S M, Ryan A, Gu Q, Zhang C, Bonifas J M, Lam C W, Hynes M, Goddard A, Rosenthal A, Epstein E H Jr, de Sauvage F J., Nature. 1998 Jan. 1; 391(6662):90-2),
pancreatic cancer (“Hedgehog is an early and late mediator of pancreatic cancer tumorigenesis”, Thayer S P, di Magliano M P, Heiser P W, Nielsen C M, Roberts D J, Lauwers G Y, Qi Y P, Gysin S, Fernandez-del Castillo C, Yajnik V, Antoniu B, McMahon M, Warshaw A L, Hebrok M., Nature. 2003 Oct. 23; 425(6960):851-6;
“Widespread requirement for Hedgehog ligand stimulation in growth of digestive tract tumours”, Berman D M, Karhadkar S S, Maitra A, Montes De Oca R, Gerstenblith M R, Briggs K, Parker A R, Shimada Y, Eshleman J R, Watkins D N, Beachy P A., Nature. 2003 Oct. 23; 425(6960):846-51),
and small-cell lung cancer (“Hedgehog signalling within airway epithelial progenitors and in small-cell lung cancer”, Watkins D N, Berman D M, Burkholder S G, Wang B, Beachy P A, Baylin S B., Nature. 2003 Mar. 20; 422(6929):313-7).
Links
PATENTS
2 WO 2008154259
3 WO 2010033481
4 WO 2011009852
5 WO 2011062939
………………………………………
Links
SYNTHESIS
2-Methyl-4′-tr{fluoromethoxy-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid {6-(cis-2,6-dimethyl- morpholin-4-yl)-pyrid»n-3-yl|-amide:
Figure imgf000003_0001

The following Examples serve to illustrate the invention without limiting the scope thereof, it is understood that the invention is not limited to the embodiments set forth herein, but embraces ali such forms thereof as come within the scope of the disclosure,

Figure imgf000013_0001

Step 1:

To a solution of 2-chloro-5-nitro-pyridine 1 (5.58 g, 35.2 mmoL) and c/s-2,6- dimethylmorpholine (4.05 g, 35.2 mmoL) in anhydrous DMF (30 mi.) was added K2CO3 (9.71 g, 70.4 mnrtoL). The mixture was heated at 50ºC overnight. After concentration, the residue is partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product 3 as a yellow solid, after purification by silica gel chromatography, obtained pure product (7.80 g, 93.2%). LC-MS m/z: 238.2 (M+ 1).

Step 2:

The above material 3 (7.3Og. 30.8 mmoL) was hydrogenated in the presence of 10% Pd-C (1.0 g) in MeOH (120 ml) under hydrogen overnight. The suspension was filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product 4 (5.92 g) as a dark brown oil which was used directly in the next step without further purification. LC-MS m/z. 208.2 (M+1).

Step 3:

To a solution of 3-bromo-2-methyl benzoic acid (2.71 g, 12.6 mmoL), 6-((2S,6R)-2,6- dimethylmorpholino)pyridin-3-arnine 4 (2.61 g, 12.6 mmoL), and HATU (4.80 g, 12.6 mmoL) in anhydrous DMF (30 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (6.58 mL, 37.8 mmoL) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (3×120 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the crude product. This crude product was then purified by flash column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane as eiuent to give 5 as a white solid (4.23 g, 83.0%). LC-MS m/z: 404.1 (M+1).

Step 4:

A mixture of 4-(trif!uoromethoxy)phenylboronic acid (254 mg, 1.24 mmol), 3-bromo- N-[6-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-ylJ-4-methyl-benzamide 5 (250 mg, 0.62mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (36 mg, 0.03 mmol), Na2CO3 (2.0M aqueous solution, 1.23 mL, 2.4 mmol) and DME (4.5 mL) in a sealed tube was heated at 130ºC overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated to give the crude product which was then purified by preparative mass triggered HPLC (C18 column, etuted with CH3CN-H2O containing 0.05% TFA) to give N-(6-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyfmorpholino)pyridin-3-yl)-2-rnethyl- 4′-(trifluoromethoxy)biphenyi-3-carboxamide (183.5 mg, 61.1% yield). LC-MS m/z: 486.2 (M+1).

The resultant crystalline product (Form A) was converted to the amorphous form by dissolving in 3% w/w aqueous ethanol, and the resultant solution spray dried at about 150ºC.

Form B was prepared by heating the amorphous form in an oven at 110ºC for 2 hours. In a further embodiment, the invention relates to a process step or steps, or an intermediate as described herein.

……………………
Links
PAPER
ChemMedChem, 2013 ,  vol. 8,   8  p. 1261 – 1265
Thumbnail image of graphical abstract
Continued optimization provided a novel type of Smoothened (Smo) antagonist based on a pyridazine core. The compound, NVP-LEQ506, currently in phase I clinical trials, combines high intrinsic potency and good pharmacokinetic properties resulting in excellent efficacy in rodent tumor models of medulloblastoma. Activity against a Smo mutant conferring resistance observed in a previous clinical trial with a competitor compound suggests additional therapeutic potential.

…………………………..

Links

SYNTHESIS

US20120196849,  ENTRY…..95
Figure US20120196849A1-20120802-C00097
LC-MS m/z 486.2 (M + 1)
USE SIMILAR METHODOLOGY
EXAMPLESThe present invention is further exemplified, but not limited, by the following example that illustrates the preparation of compounds of Formula I according to the invention.Example 1 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid [4-(morpholine-4-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-amide 

Figure US20120196849A1-20120802-C00003

Step 1: To a solution of 3-iodo-4-methyl-benzoic acid (10.0 g, 38.2 mmol) in methanol (70 ml) is added concentrated sulfuric acid (0.5 ml). The reaction mixture is heated at 70° C. for 48 hours, cooled to room ambient temperature and then concentrated. After that, ethyl acetate (100 ml) and aqueous NaHCO3 (saturated, 100 ml) solution are added to the residue. The organic layer is separated and washed again with aqueous NaHCO3 (saturated, 100 ml) solution. The organic layer is separated, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to yield 3-iodo-4-methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester 1. It is used without further purification in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 3H); LC-MS m/z: 277.0 (M+1).

Step 2: To a round-bottom flask containing 3-iodo-4-methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.38 g, 5.00 mmol), 4-cyanophenylboronic acid (1.10 g, 7.48 mmol), palladium acetate (168 mg, 0.748 mmol), 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (0.526 g, 1.50 mmol) and potassium fluoride (0.870 g, 15.0 mmol) is added anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (15 ml). The flask is purged with argon and sealed. The mixture is stirred at 130° C. for 18 hours, cooled to ambient temperature and then water (20 ml) and ethyl acetate (20 ml) are added. Solid is removed under vacuum filtration. The filtrate is extracted with EtOAc (20 ml×2). The organic layers are combined, washed with aqueous HCl (5%, 20 ml) and saturated NaHCO3 (20 ml). It is dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, gradient) to give 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester 2; LC-MS m/z: 252.1 (M+1).

Step 3: To a solution of 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester 2 (2.56 g, 10.3 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane-H2O (1:1 mixture, 20 ml) is added NaOH (1.22 g, 30.2 mmol)). The reaction is stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. To this mixture is added aqueous HCl (1 N, 36 ml) and it is then extracted with ethyl acetate (40 ml×3). The organic layers are combined, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solver is removed. The solid obtained is washed with small amount of acetonitrile and air dried to give 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid 3: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.84 (dd, 1H, J1=8.4 Hz, J2=1.2 Hz), 7.75 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 7.61 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.29 (s, 3 H); LC-MS m/z 238.1 (M+1).

Step 4: To a suspension of 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid 3 (40 mg, 0.17 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (5 ml) is added 2 drops of DMF. Then oxalyl chloride (32 mg, 22 μl, 0.25 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at ambient temperature until it turns clear. After that, it is concentrated, re-dissolved in anhydrous methylene chloride (3 ml), and added to a solution of 4-(morpholine-4-sulfonyl)-phenylamine (61 mg, 0.25 mmol) and triethylamine (34 mg, 47 μl, 0.33 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 ml). The mixture is stirred for 2 hours, concentrated and the residue is purified by preparative mass triggered HPLC (C18 column, eluted with CH3CN—H2O containing 0.05% TFA) to give 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid [4-(morpholine-4-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-amide: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.64 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.97 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.95 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.67 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.53 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 3.63 (m, 4H), 2.84 (m, 4H) 2.32 (s, 3H); LC-MS m/z: 462.1 (M+1).

Example 2 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid [6-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-amide

Figure US20120196849A1-20120802-C00004

Step 1: To a solution of 2-chloro-5-nitro-pyridine 4 (2.38 g, 15 mmol.) and cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholine (1.73 g, 15 mmol.) is added K2CO3 (4.14 g, 30 mmol.). The mixture was heated at 50° C. overnight. After concentration, the residue is partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product 6 as a yellow solid. The crude product is used directly in next step without further purification. LC-MS m/z: 238.1 (M+1).

Step 2: The above crude material 6 is hydrogenated in the presence of Pd—C (0.2 g) in MeOH (100 mL) under hydrogen over 10 h. The suspension is filtered through celite and the filtrate is concentrated to give the crude product 7 as a dark brown oil which is used directly in the next step without further purification. LC-MS m/z: 208.1 (M+1).

Step 3: To a solution of 3-bromo-4-methyl benzoic acid (108 mg, 0.5 mmol.), 6-(2,6-Dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-ylamine 7 (104 mg, 0.5 mmol.), amd HATU (190 mg, 0.5 mmol.) in dry DMF (5 mL) is added triethylamine (139 uL, 1.0 mmol.) dropwise. The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 h. After concentration, the residue is partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer is dried and concentrated to give the crude product. The final compound is purified by flash column chromatography using 50% EtOAc in hexane as eluent to give 8 as a white solid. LC-MS m/z: 404.1 (M+1).

Step 4: A mixture of 4-cyanophenyl boronic acid (18 mg, 0.12 mmol), 3-bromo-N-[6-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4-methyl-benzamide 8 (40 mg, 0.1 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (11 mg, 0.01 mmol), and Na2CO3 (42 mg, 0.4 mmol) in a combined solvent system of toluene (0.2 mL) and water (0.2 mL) and ethanol (0.05 mL) is heated at 140° C. under microwave irradiation for 30 min. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and concentrated to give the crude product which is purified by preparative mass triggered HPLC (C18 column, eluted with CH3CN—H2O containing 0.05% TFA) to give 4′-cyano-6-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid [6-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-amide. LC-MS m/z: 427.2 (M+1).

USE THIS COMPD IN ABOPVE  AND YOU WILL GET SONIDEGIB

4-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenylboronic acid

  • CAS Number 139301-27-2
  • Linear Formula CF3OC6H4B(OH)2
  • Molecular Weight 205.93

CONDENSE WITH …3-bromo-N-[6-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4-methyl-benzamideACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2010 ,  vol. 1,   3  p. 130 – 134

……………………………………………….
Links
PAPER
ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2010 ,  vol. 1,   3  p. 130 – 134
Figure
ENTRY 5m

A mixture of 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylboronic acid (254 mg, 1.24 mmol), 3-bromo-N-[6-(2,6-
dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4-methyl-benzamide E (250 mg, 0.62mmol), Pd(PPh3)4
(36 mg, 0.03 mmol), Na2CO3 (2.0M aqueous solution, 1.23 mL, 2.4 mmol) and DME (4.5 mL)
in a sealed tube was heated at 1300C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc
and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was
washed with brine and concentrated to give the crude product which was then purified by
preparative mass triggered HPLC (C18 column, eluted with CH3CN-H2O containing 0.05% TFA)
to give N-(6-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)pyridin-3-yl)-2-methyl-4′-
(trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl-3-carboxamide (5m, 183.5 mg, 61.1% yield). LC-MS m/z: 486.2 (M+1).
HRMS (m/z): [M+H]+
calcd for C26H27N3O3F3 486.2005; found 486.1986,
1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ (ppm) 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 7.94 (dd, 1H), 7.52-7.43
(m, 5H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 2,34 (m, 2H), 2.22
(s, 3H), 1.16 (d, 6H).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/ml1000307/suppl_file/ml1000307_si_001.pdf

Links

Reference

  1.  “LDE225 – PubChem”PubChem. National Institutes of Health. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  2.  Pan, S; Wu, X; Jiang, J; Gao, W; Wan, Y; Cheng, D; Han, D; Liu, J; Englund, NP; Wang, Y; Peukert, S; Miller-Moslin, K; Yuan, J; Guo, R; Matsumoto, M; Vattay, A; Jiang, Y; Tsao, J; Sun, F; Pferdekamper, AC; Dodd, S; Tuntland, T; Maniara, W; Kelleher, JF; Yao, Y; Warmuth, M; Williams, J; Dorsch, M (10 June 2010). “Discovery of NVP-LDE225, a Potent and Selective Smoothened Antagonist”. ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters 1 (3): 130–134. doi:10.1021/ml1000307.
  3.  “A Biomarker Study to Identify Predictive Signatures of Response to LDE225 (Hedgehog Inhibitor) In Patients With Resectable Pancreatic Cancer”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  4.  “Gemcitabine + Nab-paclitaxel With LDE-225 (Hedgehog Inhibitor) as Neoadjuvant Therapy for Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma”.ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  5.  “Dose-escalation, and Safety Study of LDE225 and Gemcitabine in Locally Advanced or Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer Patients”.ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  6.  “A Pilot Study of a Hedgehog Pathway Inhibitor (LDE-225) in Surgically Resectable Pancreas Cancer”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  7.  “Study With LDE225 in Combination With Docetaxel in Triple Negative (TN) Advanced Breast Cancer (ABC) Patients (EDALINE)”.ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014.
  8.  “LDE225 in Treating Patients With Stage II-III Estrogen Receptor- and HER2-Negative Breast Cancer”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  9.  “A Phase II Study of Efficacy and Safety in Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Basal Cell Carcinoma (BOLT)”.ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  10.  “To Evaluate the Safety, Local Tolerability, PK and PD of LDE225 on Sporadic Superficial and Nodular Skin Basal Cell Carcinomas(sBCC)”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  11.  “A Trial to Evaluate the Safety, Local Tolerability, Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of LDE225 on Skin Basal Cell Carcinomas in Gorlin Syndrome Patients”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  12.  “Combination of the Hedgehog Inhibitor, LDE225, With Etoposide and Cisplatin in the First-Line Treatment of Patients With Extensive Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer (ES-SCLC)”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  13.  “A Phase III Study of Oral LDE225 Versus (vs) Temozolomide (TMZ) in Patients With Hedge-Hog (Hh)-Pathway Activated Relapsed Medulloblastoma (MB)”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  14.  “A Phase I Dose Finding and Safety Study of Oral LDE225 in Children and a Phase II Portion to Assess Preliminary Efficacy in Recurrent or Refractory MB”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  15.  “Phase Ib, Dose Escalation Study of Oral LDE225 in Combination With BKM120 in Patients With Advanced Solid Tumors”.ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  16.  “Dose Finding and Safety of Oral LDE225 in Patients With Advanced Solid Tumors”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  17.  “LDE225 and Paclitaxel in Solid Tumors”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  18.  “Study of Efficacy and Safety of LDE225 in Adult Patients With Relapsed/Refractory Acute Leukemia”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  19.  “Nilotinib and LDE225 in the Treatment of Chronic or Accelerated Phase Myeloid Leukemia in Patients Who Developed Resistance to Prior Therapy”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  20.  “A Phase Ib/II Dose-finding Study to Assess the Safety and Efficacy of LDE225 + INC424 in Patients With MF”ClinicalTrials.gov. National Institutes of Health. 13 February 2014. Retrieved 16 February 2014.
  21.  Jalili, A; Mertz, KD; Romanov, J; Wagner, C; Kalthoff, F; Stuetz, A; Pathria, G; Gschaider, M; Stingl, G; Wagner, SN (30 July 2013). “NVP-LDE225, a potent and selective SMOOTHENED antagonist reduces melanoma growth in vitro and in vivo.” (PDF). PloS one 8 (7): e69064. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0069064PMC 3728309.PMID 23935925.
  22.  Fendrich, V; Wiese, D; Waldmann, J; Lauth, M; Heverhagen, AE; Rehm, J; Bartsch, DK (November 2011). “Hedgehog inhibition with the orally bioavailable Smo antagonist LDE225 represses tumor growth and prolongs survival in a transgenic mouse model of islet cell neoplasms.”. Annals of Surgery 254 (5): 818–23.doi:10.1097/SLA.0b013e318236bc0fPMID 22042473.
  23. ChemMedChem, 2013 ,  vol. 8,   8  p. 1261 – 1265
  24. ACS Med. Chem. Lett., 2010, 1 (3), pp 130–134.
  25. MORE REF

sonidegib

Skin Cancer Foundation. “Skin Cancer Facts.” Available at:http://www.skincancer.org/skin-cancer-information/skin-cancer-facts . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

Rubin AI, Chen EH, Ratner D (2005). Current Concepts: Basal-Cell Carcinoma. N Engl J Med; 353:2262-9.

ClinicalTrials.gov. “A Phase II Study of Efficacy and Safety in Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Basal Cell Carcinoma (BOLT)” Available at:http://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01327053?term=%22LDE225%22+and+%22BOLT%22&rank=1. Accessed on February 14, 2014.

National Cancer Institute Dictionary of Cancer Terms. “Complete Response.” Available at: http://www.cancer.gov/dictionary?CdrID=45652 . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

 National Cancer Institute Dictionary of Cancer Terms. “Partial Response.” Available at: http://www.cancer.gov/dictionary?CdrID=45819 . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

Wong C S M, Strange R C, Lear J T (2003). Basal cell carcinoma. BMJ; 327:794-798.

 Copcu E, Aktas A. Simultaneous two organ metastases of the giant basal cell carcinoma of the skin. Int Semin Surg Oncol. 2005;2:1-6. Available at:http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC544837/ . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

 Skin Cancer Foundation. “Basal Cell Carcinoma Treatment Options.” Available athttp://www.skincancer.org/skin-cancer-information/basal-cell-carcinoma/bcc-treatment-options . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

Stuetz A, et al. LDE225, a specific smoothened inhibitor, for the topical treatment of nevoid basal cell carcinoma syndrome (Gorlin’s syndrome). Melanoma Research. 2010; 20:e40. Available at:http://journals.lww.com/melanomaresearch/Fulltext/2010/06001/FC24_LDE225,_a_specific_smoothened_inhibitor,_for.87.aspx#FC24_LDE225%2C_a_specific_smoothened_inhibitor%2C_for.87.aspx?s=2&_suid=139234380607909969110518506816.

Novartis.com. “The Pipeline of Novartis Oncology: LDE225.” Available at:http://www.novartisoncology.com/research-innovation/pipeline.jsp #. Accessed on February 14, 2014.

 Children’s Medical Research Center, Children’s Memorial Hospital/Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine. “The Sonic hedgehog/patched/gli signal transduction pathway.” Available at http://www.childrensmrc.org/iannaccone/gli/ . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

 Gupta S, Takebe N, LoRusso P. Targeting the Hedgehog pathway in cancer. Ther Adv Med Oncol. 2010 July; 2(4): 237-250. Available at:http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3126020/ . Accessed on February 14, 2014.

SONIDEGIB

Links

WO2004078163A2 Feb 26, 2004 Sep 16, 2004 Oern Almarsson Pharmaceutical co-crystal compositions of drugs such as carbamazepine, celecoxib, olanzapine, itraconazole, topiramate, modafinil, 5-fluorouracil, hydrochlorothiazide, acetaminophen, aspirin, flurbiprofen, phenytoin and ibuprofen
WO2007113120A1 Mar 22, 2007 Oct 11, 2007 Frank Hoffmann Stamping apparatus with feed device
WO2007131201A2 * May 4, 2007 Nov 15, 2007 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as hedgehog pathway modulators
WO2008154259A1 Jun 4, 2008 Dec 18, 2008 Irm Llc Biphenylcarboxamide derivatives as hedgehog pathway modulators

 

 

ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

[email protected]

MOBILE-+91 9323115463
GLENMARK SCIENTIST ,  INDIA
web link
http://anthonycrasto.jimdo.com/ 

Congratulations! Your presentation titled “Anthony Crasto Glenmark scientist, helping millions with websites” has just crossed MILLION views.
アンソニー     安东尼   Энтони    안토니     أنتوني
join my process development group on google
you can post articles and will be administered by me on the google group which is very popular across the world

Share this:

Share

The US FDA has issued full approval for Israeli drugmaker Teva’s Synribo (omacetaxine mepesuccinate)高三尖杉酯碱 for chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML).

 drugs  Comments Off on The US FDA has issued full approval for Israeli drugmaker Teva’s Synribo (omacetaxine mepesuccinate)高三尖杉酯碱 for chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML).
Feb 182014
 


Omacetaxine mepesuccinate 高三尖杉酯碱

Alkaloid from Cephalotaxus harringtonia; FDA approved orphan drug status for Ceflatonin in the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia due to being an inducer of apoptosis in myeloid cells and inhibitor of angiogenesis.
26833-87-4 CAS NO

1-((1S,3aR,14bS)-2-Methoxy-1,5,6,8,9,14b-hexahydro-4H-cyclopenta(a)(1,3)dioxolo(4,5-h)pyrrolo(2,1-b)(3)benzazepin-1-yl) 4-methyl (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)butanedioate

1-((11bS,12S,14aR)-13-methoxy-2,3,5,6,11b,12-hexahydro-1H-[1,3]dioxolo[4′,5′:4,5]benzo[1,2-d]cyclopenta[b]pyrrolo[1,2-a]azepin-12-yl) 4-methyl 2-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)succinate

Also known as:  NSC-141633,

  • BRN 5687925
  • Ceflatonin
  • CGX-635
  • Homoharringtonine
  • Myelostat
  • NSC 141633
  • Omacetaxine mepesuccinate
  • Omapro
  • Synribo
  • UNII-6FG8041S5B
  • 高三尖杉酯碱

CGX-635-14 (formulation), CGX-635, HHT, ZJ-C, Myelostat, Ceflatonin

 USFDA on 26th October 2012  APPROVED

US FDA:    link

Formula C29H39NO9 
Mol. mass 545.62 g/mol
Melting Point: 144-146 °C
 FEBRUARY 17, 2014

The US Food and Drug Administration has now issued full approval for Israeli drugmaker Teva’s Synribo (omacetaxine mepesuccinate) for chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML).

Synribo is indicated for adult patients with chronic phase (CP) or accelerated phase (AP) CML with resistance and/or intolerance to two or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs).

Read more at: http://www.pharmatimes.com/Article/14-02-17/US_green_light_for_Teva_s_CML_drug_Synribo.aspx#ixzz2tdkbGFcw

Homoharringtonine is an angiogenesis-inhibiting and apoptosis-inducing alkaloid which was approved in October 2012 by the FDA for the treatment of adult patients with chronic or accelerated phase chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) with resistance and/or intolerance to two or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKI). In November 2012, the product was commercialized as Synribo(R) on the U.S. market by Teva.

The original developer, ChemGenex, selected homoharringtonine for the combination trials due to its complementary mechanism of action that can reduce Bcr-Abl protein expression associated with resistance to imatinib mesylate.

In 2004, the compound received orphan drug designation from the EMEA for the treatment of AML and CML. Orphan drug designation was granted by the FDA for the treatment of CML in 2006 and for the treatment of myelodysplasia in 2009. Fast track designation was assigned to homoharringtonine for CML in 2006. In 2009, the product was licensed to Hospira by ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals for development and marketing in Europe, the Middle East and parts of Africa.

Homoharringtonine, AKA HHT or omacetaxine mepesuccinate, is a cephalotaxine ester and protein synthesis inhibitor with established clinical activity as a single agent in hematological malignancies. Homoharringtonine is synthesized from cephalotaxine, which is an extract from the leaves of the plant, Cephalotaxus species. In October 2005, homoharringtonine received Orphan Drug designation from the EMEA for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). Then in March 2006, homoharringtonine received Orphan Drug status from the FDA for the treatment of CML. In November 2006, homoharringtonine, for the treatment of CML, was granted Fast Track designation by the FDA. Most recently, in October 2012, homoharringtonine was marketed under the brand name Synribo” and FDA approved for patients who are intolerant and/or resistant to two or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors used to treat accelerated or chronic phase CML

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is administered subcutaneously and acts differently from TKIs. It may have a therapeutic advantage for patients who have failed TKIs. Omacetaxine is currently in global phase 2/3 clinical trials for CML and has been granted Orphan Drug designations by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and European Medicines Agency (EMEA) as well as Fast Track status by the FDA. In vitro and animal model trails are promising and recent results showed that omacetaxine has potential to treat resistant leukemia mainly CML and ALL.

 PATENT
US2011071097 3-25-2011 CEPHALOTAXUS ESTERS, METHODS OF SYNTHESIS, AND USES THEREOF

Tetrahedron Letters,Vo1.23,No.34,pp 3431-3434  – Brock University

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate (INN, trade name Synribo) is a semi-synthetic analogue of an alkaloid from Cephalotaxus harringtonia that is indicated for treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML). It was approved by the US FDA in October 2012 for the treatment of adult patients with CML with resistance and/or intolerance to two or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs).[1]

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is a semisynthetic derivative of the cytotoxic plant alkaloid homoharringtonine isolated from the evergreen tree Cephalotaxus with potential antineoplastic activity. Omacetaxine mepesuccinate binds to the 80S ribosome in eukaryotic cells and inhibits protein synthesis by interfering with chain elongation. This agent also induces differentiation and apoptosis in some cancer cell types. Omacetaxine mepesuccinate (INN, or homoharringtonine, trade name Synribo) is an alkaloid from Cephalotaxus harringtonia that is indicated for treatment of Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia. It was approved by the USFDA on 26th October 2012 for the treatment of adult patients with chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) with resistance and/or intolerance to two or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs)

Omacetaxine is indicated for use as a treatment for patients with chronic myeloid leukaemia who are intolerant of tyrosine kinase inhibitors.[2][3]

In June 2009, results of a long-term open label Phase II study were published, which investigated the use of omacetaxine infusions in CML patients. After twelve months of treatment, about one third of patients showed a cytogenetic response.[4] A study in patients who had failed imatinib and who had the drug resistant T315I mutation achieved cytogenetic response in 28% of patients and haematological response in 80% of patients, according to preliminary data.[5]

Phase I studies including a small number of patients have shown benefit in treating myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS, 25 patients)[6] and acute myelogenous leukaemia (AML, 76 patients).[7] Patients with solid tumors did not benefit from omacetaxine.[8]

Omacetaxine is a protein translation inhibitor. It inhibits protein translation by preventing the initial elongation step of protein synthesis. It interacts with the ribosomal A-site and prevents the correct positioning of amino acid side chains of incoming aminoacyl-tRNAs. Omacetaxine acts only on the initial step of protein translation and does not inhibit protein synthesis from mRNAs that have already commenced translation.[9]

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate

SYNRIBO contains the active ingredient omacetaxine mepesuccinate, a cephalotaxine ester. It is a protein synthesis inhibitor. Omacetaxine mepesuccinate is prepared by a semi-synthetic process from cephalotaxine, an extract from the leaves of Cephalotaxus sp. The chemical name of omacetaxine mepesuccinate is cephalotaxine, 4-methyl (2R)-hydroxyl-2-(4-hydroxyl-4-methylpentyl) butanedioate (ester).

Omacetaxine mepesuccinate has the following chemical structure:

SYNRIBO™ (omacetaxine mepesuccinate)  Structural Formula Illustration

The molecular formula is C29H39NO9 with a molecular weight of 545.6 g/mol. SYNRIBO for injection is a sterile, preservative-free, white to off-white, lyophilized powder in a single-use vial. Each vial contains 3.5 mg omacetaxine mepesuccinate and mannitol.

SYNRIBO is intended for subcutaneous administration after reconstitution with 1.0 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP. The pH of the reconstituted solution is between 5.5 and 7.0.

…………………………………..

INTRODUCTION

Harringtonines 3 are particular cephalotaxanes formed by attachement of a branched hydroxyacyloxy side-chain at the 3-position of various cephalotaxines moieties. Harringtoriines are natural esters of cephalotaxines exhibiting generally a strong cytotoxic activity. However the lost only one atom of this minimal structure lead to a dramatic lost of activity (see below). Some example of harringtonines are harringtonine

3a, homoharringtonine 3b, drupangtonine 3c, anhydroharringtonine 3d and neoharringtonine 3e.

SCHEME 1 DEFINITION NOMENCLATURE AND NUMBERING OF CEPHALOTAXANES

Figure imgf000003_0001
Figure imgf000003_0002

Examples of harringtonines

Figure imgf000003_0003

Examples of cephalotaxines

Figure imgf000003_0004

Harringtonine 3a (n = 2) Anhydroharringtonine 3d Homoharringtonine 3b (n = 3)

Figure imgf000003_0006

(-)-Cephalotaxine 2a

Figure imgf000003_0008
Figure imgf000003_0007

Drupacine 2b Drupangtonine 3c Neoharringtonine 3e (n = 2)

…………………………………

The term “cephalotaxanes” refers to compounds or salts thereof which have a basic skeleton of formula

Figure US06831180-20041214-C00001

where p is equal to 1 or 2 (it being possible for the two units to be identical or different and linked via a single bond or an oxygen atom), which can contain various oxygenated substituents (aliphatic or aromatic ethers, free or esterified alcohols, substituted or free enols and/or phenols, bridged ethers, and more generally any substituent usually encountered in the natural state on compounds of this type).

Harringtonines are alkaloids which are of high interest in anticancer chemotherapy, in particular on certain haematosarcomas which are multi-resistant to the existing therapies. The selectivity of harringtonines, which is based on a novel mechanism of action relating to protein synthesis, is such that this series is favoured with a great future in anticancer therapy.

Several literature compilations give a seemingly exhaustive review of all of the knowledge relating to cephalotaxanes, these compilations being, chronologically: [C. R. Smith, Jr, R. G. Powell and K. L. Mikolajczack, Cancer Treat. Rep., Vol. 60, 1157 (1976); C. R. Smith, Jr, L. Kenneth, K. L. Mikolajczack and R. G. Powell in “Anticancer Agent Based on Natural Product Model”, 391 (1980); Liang Huang and Zhi Xue in “The Alkaloids”, Vol. XXIII (A. Brossi Ed.), 157 (1984); M. Suffness and G. A. Cordell in “The Alkaloids, Chemistry and Pharmacology” (A. Brossi Ed.), Vol. 25, 57-69, 295-298 (1’987); P. J. O’Dwyer, S. A. King, D. F. Hoth, M. Suffness and B. Leyland-Jones, Journal of Clinical Oncology, 1563 (1986); T. Hudlicky, L. D. Kwart and J. W. Reed, in “Alkaloid: Chemical and Biological Perspectives” (S. W. Pelletier Ed.), Vol. 5, 639 (1987); M. A. Miah, T. Hudlicky and J. Reed in “The Alkaloids”, Vol. 51, 199 (1998)].

Antiparasitic activities, in particular on the haematozoon of malaria, have also been recognized [J. M. Whaun and N. D. Brown, Ann Trop. Med. Par., Vol. 84, 229 (1990)].

Homo-harringtonine (HHT), the most active member of the series, is active at and above daily doses of 2.5 mg/mof body area per 24 hours, i.e., as a guide, at doses twenty times lower than that for Taxol. HHT has already undergone fourteen phase I and II clinical trials and it is the only known product capable of a 70% reinduction of full haematological remissions in patients suffering from chronic myeloid leukaemias that have become resistant to alpha-interferon [S. O’Brien, H. Kantarjian, M. Keating, M. Beran, C. Koler, L. E. Robertson, J. Hester, M. Rios, M. Andreeff and M. Talpaz, Blood, 332 (1995); Leukemia Insights, Vol. 3, No. 1 (1998)].

Harringtonines were extracted over 35 years ago from an exclusively Asiatic cephalotaxacea known as Cephalotaxus harringtonia, following the programme of research into novel anticancer agents in the plant kingdom developed by the National Cancer Institute. In fact, the Cephalotaxus alkaloids consist essentially (at least 50%) of cephalotaxine, a biosynthetic precursor of the harringtonines, the latter individually representing only a few percent of the total alkaloids.

Besides their low concentration in the natural state in plant starting material, harringtonines are mixed with many congeners which have very similar chemical structures. Thus, in a high resolution high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) chromatogram of a semi-purified alkaloid extract, no less than several tens of cephalotaxine esters are counted.

Numerous antileukemia drugs have been investigated but so far, there is no single drug that is effective and safe. As discussed in U.S. 3,497,593, an alkaloid from Tylophora plant is said to have antitumor activity against mouse leukemia (L-1210). U.S. 3,928,584 discloses an organic composition derived from tree sap and is said to have activity against mouse leukemia P-388. Also U.S. 4,431,639 discloses that an extract of Rhisoma Stractylis promotes the production of lymphocytes in the circulating blood, consequently eliminating cancer growth

  • Harringtonine or Homoharringtonine, hereinafter referred to as HH, has been known to be effective against acute chronic granulocytic and monocytic leukemia (Journal of Chinese Internal Medicine 3:162-164, 1978). However, it is highly toxic and causes damage to heart and hematopoietic organs. The results of experiments in animals, such as mice, rabbits and dogs, indicate that most of them die from cardiotoxicity after receiving the drug. Therefore, there is a need to improve the HH drug for safe use against leukemia. This drug is of special importance in that all known antileukemia drugs are effective against lymphatic leukemia and there are no effective drugs for treating nonlymphatic leukemia

All the literature from 1972 to the present date [Mikolajczack et al., Tetrahedron, 1995 (1972); T. Hudlicky, L. D. Kwart and J. W. Reed in “Alkaloid: Chemical and Biological Perspectives” (S. W. Pelletier Ed.), Vol. 5, 639 (1987); M. A. Miah, T. Hudlicky and J. Reed in “The Alkaloids”, Vol. 51, p. 236 (1998)] mention the impossibility hitherto of esterifying the highly sterically hindered secondary hydroxyl of cephalotaxane 2a with the tertiary carboxyl of the alkanoyl chain of harringtonic acid 3 totally preformed to give a harringtonine 4b, i.e. the conversion 2a+3e(4b as described in the example featured in the scheme below

Figure US06831180-20041214-C00002
  • ……………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

Tetrahedron Lett 1982,23(34),3431,  J Org Chem 1983,48(26),5321

The oxidation of 2-methyl-1-cyclopentene-1-carbaldehyde (I) with O3 and Ag2O gives 2,6-dioxoheptanoic acid (II), which is esterified with cephalotaxine (III) by means of (COCl)2, yielding the ester (IV). Reformatsky reaction of (IV) with methyl bromoacetate (V) and Zn affords the adduct (VI), which is treated with an excess of methylmagnesium iodide to provide the target homoharringtonine (as a single diastereomer), along with some starting cephalotaxine that is separated by chromatography.

………………………………

SYNTHESIS

EP 1064285; FR 2776292; WO 9948894, Tetrahedron Lett 1999,402931

The intermediate (racemic)-2-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-6,6-dimethyltetrahydropyran-2-carboxylic acid (VIII) has been obtained by several related methods: 1. The Grignard condensation of 4-methyl-3-pentenyl bromide (I) with diethyl oxalate (II) in HF gives the 2-oxoheptenoate (III), which is condensed with methyl acetate (IV) by means of LiHMDS in THF to yield 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-hydroxy-7-methyl-6-octenoic acid methyl ester (V).

The cyclization of (V) by means of Ts-OH in hot toluene or by means of hot aqueous formic acid affords 2-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-6,6-dimethyltetrahydropyran-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (VI), which is hydrolyzed with KOH in boiling water to provide the corresponding dicarboxylic acid (VII). Finally, this compound is regioselectively monoesterified by means of BF3/MeOH in methanol to furnish the intermediate (racemic)-2-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-6,6-dimethyltetrahydropyran-2-carboxylic acid (VIII). 2.

The reaction of 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-hydroxy-7-methyl-6-octenoic acid methyl ester (V) with HCl in hot methanol gives 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3,7-dihydroxy-7-methyloctanoic acid methyl ester (IX), which is then cyclized by means of ZnCl2 in hot dichloroethane to yield the previously described intermediate (VIII). 3. The hydrolysis of 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-hydroxy-7-methyl-6-octenoic acid methyl ester (V) with KOH in refluxing methanol/water gives the corresponding diacid (X), which is regioselectively monoesterified by means of BF3/MeOH in methanol to yield 3-carboxy-3-hydroxy-7-methyl-6-octenoic acid methyl ester (XI).

Finally, this compound is cyclized by means of Ts-OH in hot toluene to afford the previously described carboxylic intermediate (VIII). The racemic acid (VIII) is submitted to optical resolution by esterification with quinine (XII) by means of 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride and TEA or DCC to give a diastereomeric mixture of esters (XIII) that is separated by preparative HPLC to obtain the desired diastereomer (XIV).

The hydrolysis of (XIV) with KOH in refluxing ethanol/water gives the corresponding chiral dicarboxylic acid (XV), which is regioselectively monoesterified with BF3/MeOH in methanol to yield the chiral (R)-2-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-6,6-dimethyltetrahydropyran-2-carboxylic acid (XVI).

The esterification of (XVI) with cephalotaxine (XVII) by means of 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride and TEA in toluene affords the corresponding ester (XVIII), which is treated with HBr in dichloromethane/HOAc, providing the bromoester (XIX). Finally, this compound is treated with NaHCO3, CaCO3 or BaCO3 in acetone/water to give the target hydroxyester.

………………………………………….

EXTRACTION

EP0203386B1

  • Throughout the specification, the concentration of the solvent is the same as first given unless stated otherwise. Redeuced pressure means about 2,27 kPa (17 mm Hg. abs), l is liter, kg is kilogram. ml is milliliter. Yield in weight %.
    Example 1. HH is extracted from the skins, stems, leaves and seeds of Cephalotaxus fortunel Hook and other related species, such as Cephalotaxus sinensis Li, C. hainanensis, and C. wilsoniana, including C.oliveri mast and C.harringtonia.
  • 1 kg of finely ground Cephalotaxus fortunel Hook is extracted with 8 l of 90% ethanol at room temperature for 24 hrs. The solution is filtered to yield a filtrate A and filtercake. The filtercake is percolated with ethanol and filtered again to yield filtrate B. A and B are combined and distilled under reduced pressure to recover ethanol and an aqueous residue. To this residue, 2% HCl is added to adjust the pH to 2.5. The solids are separated from the solution by filtration to yield a filtrate C. The solids are washed once with 2% HCl and filtered to yield a filtrate D. C and D are combined and the pH adjusted to 9.5 by adding saturated sodium carbonate solution. The alkaline filtrate is extracted with chloroform and the chloroform layer separated from the aqueous layer. This extration process is repeated five times. All the chloroform extracts are combined and distilled at reduced pressure to recover chloroform and alkaloid as a solid residue respectively.
  • The solid alkaloid is then dissolved in 20 ml. of 6% citric acid in water. The solution is divided into three equal portions. These are adjusted to pH 7,8 and 9 by adding saturated sodium carbonate solution.
  • The portions having pH 8 and 9 are combined and extracted with chloroform. The chloroform extracts are distilled under reduced pressure, whereby chloroform is removed and recovered and a solid residue of crude Harringtonine is obtained.
  • The crude Harringtonine is dissolved in pure ethanol i.e. alkaloid : anhydrous ethanol 1:10 , and crystallized. The crystals are refined by recrystalliation in diethyl ether. Overall yield of Harringtonine is about 0.1% including yield from mixed HH from the subsequent process.
    Harringtonine has the following chemical structure:

    Figure imgb0001

    wherein R is

    Figure imgb0002
    melting point:
    135° – 137°C
    crystal:
    colorless
    infrared spectrum:
    3750, 1660, 1505, 1490, 1050, and 945 cm⁻¹.
    Figure imgb0003
  • The portion having a pH of 7 and the mother liquors from the foregoing crystallization of Harringtonine are combined and passed through a liquid chromatographic column of diameter to height ratio 1:50 packed with alumina. The column is finally flushed with chloroform and followed by chloroform-methanol of 9:1 mixture. The resulting alkaloids are mixture of HH. The mixed HH is then separated from each other by countercurrent distribution employing chloroform and pH 5 buffer. The first fraction of the countercurrent distribution is Homoharringtonine and the last fraction of the countercurrent distribution is Harringtonine. Homoharringtonine is purified by crystallization in methyl alcohol.
    Homoharringtonine has the following chemical structure:

    Figure imgb0004

    wherein R is

    Figure imgb0005
    yield:
    0.02%
    melting point:
    144° – 146°C
    infrared spectrum:
    3500∼3400, 1750, 1665, 1030 and 940 cm⁻¹.
    Figure imgb0006

…………………………………………………………………………..

EXTRACTION

EP1064285B1

All the literature from 1972 to the present date [Mikolajczack et al.,Tetrahedron, 1995 (1972); T. Hudlicky, L.D. Kwart and J.W. Reed in “Alkaloid: Chemical and Biological Perspectives” (S.W. Pelletier Ed.), Vol. 5, 639 (1987); M.A. Miah, T. Hudlicky and J. Reed in “The Alkaloids”, Vol. 51, p. 236 (1998)] mention the impossibility hitherto of esterifying the highly sterically hindered secondary hydroxyl of cephalotaxine 2a with the tertiary carboxyl of the alkanoyl chain of harringtonic acid 3e totally preformed to give a harringtonine 4b , i.e. the conversion 2a + 3e ( 4b as described in the example featured in the scheme below

Figure 00080001

Example 46

Preparation of purified (-) cephalotaxine from total alkaloidic extract of Cephalotaxus sp

  • [0319]
    Figure 01280001
  • Partially racemized cephalotaxine [H. Wenkui; L. Yulin; P. Xinfu, Scientia Sinica,; 23; 7; 835 (1980)]
  • 1H NMR of two batches of cephalotaxine (extracted in the same conditions as above) with the optically active NMR shift reagent europium(III) tris[3-(heptafluoropropylhydroxymethylene)-(+)-camphorate (1 éq) showed the following results:

    • Batch A: 1H NMR 400 MHz (CDCl3)(δ ppm): 6.06 (1H, OCH2O (+)-cephalotaxine) and 5.82 (1H, OCH2O (+)-cephalotaxine) ; 5.99 (1H, OCH2O (-)-cephalotaxine) and 5.76 (1H, OCH2O (-)-cephalotaxine).
      Presence of 11 ± 5 % de (+)-cephalotaxine.
      [α]22 = -134,0° (c = 0,214; CHCl3) : calculated rate 25 ± 5 %
    • Batch B: slightly racemized (1%)
      [α]19 = -173,3° (c = 0,208; CHCl3)

Enantiomeric enrichment of the natural cephalotaxine:

  • Crude chromatographied cephalotaxine (20g) was dissolved at 55°C in dry methanol (100 ml). Crystallization occurs by cooling with rotary evaporator and after filtration the product thus obtained showed 99.9% of HPLC purity.
    [α]20 D =-130° (C1, CHD3) corresponding to 10 % of racemization. The crystallized product thus obtained (20g) was dissolved again in hot methanol (100 ml).
    Slowly cooling the solution allows translucent prisms composed of pure enantiomeric (-)-cephalotaxine [α]20 D= -185°(C1,CHCl3).
    After filtration, the mother liquors was allowed to slowly evaporate at room temperature and crystals in the form of macled needles exclusively composed of racemic cephalotaxine [α]D 20 = 0,5° (C1 ; CHCl3) were obtained.
    After filtration, the second mother liquors allowed prisms composed of (-)-cephalotaxine identical to this obtained at the first crystallization.
    After filtration, the third mother liquors still allowed macled needles (urchins) composed of (±)-cephalotaxine.
    The cycle is repeated three times. The combined prismatic crystals was recrystallized once to give enantiomerically pure (-)-cephalotaxine, while the combined macled needles treated in the same way gives 100% racemic cephalotaxine.

Chemical evaluation of the enantiomeric purity of natural cephalotaxine:

  • A sample of partially racemized natural cephalotaxine was inserted in the process, which sequence is described in the Examples 1,2,3,4,5,6,15,19 and 21, by using a pure (2R)-homoharrintonic acid resulting from Example 19.
    The HPLC analysis of the diastereomeric mixture of anhydro-homoharrintonine thus obtained showed a significant enantio-epi-homoharringtonine rate (11% ± 3%) corresponding to the (+)-cephalotaxine content in the racemic mixture of origin (it has been demonstrated that the two antipodes of the homoharringtonic acid react in a stoechiometric way comparable to the pure enantiomeric cephalotaxine).

Example 47Preparation of homoharringtonine, from anhydro-homoharringtonine:

  • Figure 01300001

1)° Method A

  • A commercial solution of hydrobromic acid in acetic acid (17.4 ml, 86.6 mmol, HBr 30% w/w) was added to a stirred solution of anhydrohomoharringtonine resulting from Example 21 (50.8 g, 9.63 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25.6 ml) at -10°C. After stirring at -10°C for 3 hours was added water (240 ml) and the reaction mixture was become viscous. The temperature was allowed to rise to room temperature and after stirring for 2.5 hours was added sodium carbonate 0.76M (406 ml) to pH 8. The resulting aqueous layer was saturated with sodium chloride, then was extracted with dichloromethane (3 × 230 ml) and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to dryness to afford a foam. After phase reverse chromatography below-mentioned were obtained 4.03g of homoharringtonine (77%). The product thus obtained showed identical characteristics to this resulting from Example 25.

2°) Method B

  • To a stirred solution of anhydrohomoharringtonine resulting from Example 21 (214 mg, 0.406 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.1 ml) was added at -10°C a commercial solution of hydrobromic acid in acetic acid (0.728 ml, 3.6 mmol, HBr 30% w/w). After stirring at -10°C for 3 hours, was added water (13 ml) and then the temperature was raised to 20°C. After stirring at 20°C for 3 hours, was added a sodium carbonate solution (0.76M; 31.5 ml) up to pH 8. The resulting aqueous layer, after saturation with sodium chloride, was extracted with dichloromethane (3 × 20 ml) and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The resulting crude product was purified by phase reverse chromatography below-mentioned to provide homoharringtonine (166 mg, 75%). The product thus obtained showed identical characteristics to this resulting from Example 25.

    Figure 01320001
    Figure 01330001

……………………

SEMISYNTHESIS

US6831180

EXAMPLE 27 Preparation of homoharringtonine as a pharmaceutical use from crude semi-synthetic homoharringtonine resulting from example 25 by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography

Figure US06831180-20041214-C00126

1°) Method A

Crude homoharringtonine (35 g) is dissolved in buffer (triethylamine (1.55/1000) in deionised water and orthophosphoric acid to adjust pH to 3. The solution was filtered then injected on a preparative high-performance liquid chromatograph equipped with axial compression and high pressure pump (stationary phase: n-octadecylsilane, 15 μm, porosity 100, 1 kg; mobile phase; buffer/tetrahydrofurane 85/15). Elution was performed at a flow rate of 0.2 l/min. Fractions contain was monitored by U.V. detector and TLC. Retained fraction were finally checked by HPLC then combined, alkalinised with 2.5% aqueous ammonia and extracted with dichloromethane (4×400 ml). After concentration under reduced pressure homoharringtonine is obtained as a pale yellow resin which on trituration in a 8/2 water-methanol mixture gave pure homoharringtonine as a white crystalline solid (mp=127° C.), HPLC purity was higher than 99.8%.

2°) Method B

Same procedure of purification as method A was performed but mobile phase buffer/methanol (68/32) was used instead buffer/tetrahydrofurane.

3°) Method C

Same procedure of purification as method A was performed but mobile phase buffer/acetonitrile (85/15) was used instead buffer/tetrahydrofurane.

EXAMPLE 28 Preparation of homoharringtonine as a pharmaceutical use from semi-purified natural cephalotaxine

Crude homoharringtonine, prepared according to Example 25 from a partially racemized natural cephalotaxine and purified by chromatography and crystallisation according to the method A of Example 27, gave an homoharringtonine showing a non natural enantiomeric epi-homoharringtonine content less than 0.05%.

EXAMPLE 46 Preparation of purified (−) cephalotaxine from total alkaloidic extract of cephatotaxus sp

Figure US06831180-20041214-C00145

Partially racemized cephalotaxine [H. Wenkui; L. Yulin; P. Xinfu, Scientia Sinica; 23; 7; 835 (1980)]

1H NMR of two batches of cephalotaxine (extracted in the same conditions as above) with the optically active NMR shift reagent europium(III) tris[3-(heptafluoropropylhydroxymethylene)-(+)-camphorate (1éq) showed the following results:

Batch A: 1H NMR 400 MHz (CDCl3)(δ ppm): 6.06 (1H, OCH2O (+)-cephalotaxine) and 5.82 (1H, OCH2O (+)-cephalotaxine); 5.99 (1H, OCH2O (−)-cephalotaxine) and 5.76 (1H, OCH2O (−)-cephalotaxine). Presence of 11±5% de (+)-cephalotaxine. [α]22=−134,0°(c=0,214; CHCl3): calculated rate 25±5%

Batch B: slightly racemized (1%) [α]19=−173,3°(c=0,208; CHCl3)

Enantiomeric Enrichment of the Natural Cephalotaxine:

Crude chromatographied cephalotaxine (20 g) was dissolved at 55° C. in dry methanol (100 ml). Crystallization occurs by cooling with rotary evaporator and after filtration the product thus obtained showed 99.9% of HPLC purity, [α]20 D=−130°(C1, CHD3) corresponding to 10% of racemization. The crystallized product thus obtained (20 g) was dissolyed again in hot methanol (100 ml).

Slowly cooling the solution allows translucent prisms composed of pure enantiomeric (-−)-cephalotaxine [α]20 D=−185°(C1, CHCl3).

After filtration, the mother liquors was allowed to slowly evaporate at room temperature and crystals in the form of macled needles exclusively composed of racemic cephalotaxine [α]D 20=0,5°(C1; CHCl3) were obtained.

After filtration, the second mother liquors allowed prisms composed of (−)-cephalotaxine identical to this obtained at the first crystallization.

After filtration, the third mother liquors still allowed macled needles (urchins) composed of (±)-cephalotaxine.

The cycle is repeated three times. The combined prismatic crystals was recrystallized once to give enantiomerically pure (−)-cephalotaxine, while the combined macled needles treated in the same way gives 100% racemic cephalotaxine.

Chemical Evaluation of the Enantiomeric Purity of Natural Cephalotaxine:

A sample of partially racemized natural cephalotaxine was inserted in the process, which sequence is described in the Examples 1,2,3,4,5,6,15,19 and 21, by using a pure (2R)-homoharrintonic acid resulting from Example 19. The HPLC analysis of the diastereomeric mixture of anhydro-homoharrintonine thus obtained showed a significant enantio-epi-homoharringtonine rate (11%±3%) corresponding to the (+)-cephalotaxine content in the racemic mixture of origin (it has been demonstrated that the two antipodes of the homoharringtonic acid react in a stoechiometric way comparable to the pure enantiomeric cephalotaxine).

EXAMPLE 47

Preparation of homoharringtonine, from anhydro-homoharringtonine

Figure US06831180-20041214-C00146

1°) Method A

A commercial solution of hydrobromic acid in acetic acid (17.4 ml, 86.6 mmol, HBr 30% w/w) was added to a stirred solution of anhydrohomoharringtonine resulting from Example 21 (50.8 g, 9.63 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25.6 ml) at −10° C. After stirring at −10° C. for 3 hours was added water (240 ml) and the reaction mixture was become viscous. The temperature was allowed to rise to room temperature and after stirring for 2.5 hours was added sodium carbonate 0.76M (406 ml) to pH 8. The resulting aqueous layer was saturated with sodium chloride, then was extracted with dichloromethane (3×230 ml) and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to dryness to afford a foam. After phase reverse chromatography below-mentioned were obtained 4.03 g of homoharringtonine (77%). The product thus obtained showed identical characteristics to this resulting from Example 25.

2°) Method B

To a stirred solution of anhydrohomoharringtonine resulting from Example 21 (21.4 mg, 0.406 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.1 ml) was added at −10° C. a commercial solution of hydrobromic acid in acetic acid (0.728 ml, 3.6 mmol, HBr 30% w/w). After stirring at −10° C. for 3 hours, was added water (13 ml) and then the temperature was raised to 20° C. After stirring at 20° C. for 3 hours, was added a sodium carbonate solution (0.76M; 31.5 ml) up to pH 8. The resulting aqueous layer, after saturation with sodium chloride, was extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 ml) and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The resulting crude product was purified by phase reverse chromatography below-mentioned to provide homoharringtonine (166 mg, 75%). The product thus obtained showed identical characteristics to this resulting from Example 25.

…………………………………

EXTRACTION

US20100240887

The remarkable clinical efficacy of Homoharringtonine (HHT) resulting in lot of observations of complete remission of leukemia and other solid cancer in human being since 1988. Recently, research articles reported that the HHT efficacy in glaucoma, inhibition of Hepatities B virus replication and using in bone marrow transplantation. For example, the University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center and National Cancer Institute reported that “Ninety-two percent of patients achieved CHR with HHT.” [Susan O’Brien, at al.; Sequential homoharringtonine and interferon-α in the treatment of early chronic phase chronic myelogenous leukemia; Blood, Vol 93, No 12 (June 15), 1999: pp 4149-4153]. Another article reported that “the median number of days on HHT per month was 2 days with a median follow-up of 26 months; the estimated 2-year survival rate was 90%.” (Susan O’Brien, at al.; Simultaneous homoharringtonine and interferon-α in the treatment of patients with chronic-phase chronic myelogenous leukemia; American Cancer Society; Apr. 1, 2002, Vol 94, No. 7).

On Nov. 8, 1988, U.S. Pat. No. 4,783,454 titled Process for producing harringtonine and homoharringtonine disclosed the technique of isolation of a purified HHT from bark of Cephalotaxus. However, the natural source ofCephalotaxus is very limited. Trees of Cephalotaxus grow slowly. Bark ofCephalotaxus has very low content of HHT. Extracting HHT from bark ofCephalotaxus the yield was about 0.02% only. More important to harvest bark ofCephalotaxus will kill and destroy trees. Supply of HHT is very short now. Therefore, it is necessary to find a new manufacturing method.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Great progress has been made in research on Homoharringtonine (HHT) production and on future generation HHT drug since 1988. For example, the University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center and National Cancer Institute reported that “Ninety-two percent of patients achieved CHR with HHT.” Another article reported that “the median number of days on HHT per month was 2 days with a median follow-up of 26 months; the estimated 2-year survival rate was 90%.”

The good clinical results of HHT in treating cancer brought to the major problem, which is the supply of HHT both short term and long term. It is apparent that a huge amount of bark of Cephalotaxus is needed for collection, extraction and purification of HHT. It is clear that due to the slow growth of the trees ofCephalotaxus, which is a nature source of HHT, and the killing of trees by harvesting bark is not a sustainable resource for HHT production.

Present invention disclosed new methods for producing HHT. The new methods of producing HHT are shown as follows.

1. Tissue Culture (Plant Cell Culture):

Culture manipulation to promote secretion of HHT is a new way for an extracellular product HHT. The biosynthetic methods can yield more HHT through precursor of HHT feeding. The production of HHT increased significantly after the addition of the precursors and special biochemical agents. Content of precursor of HHT abounds in tree and it is very cheap. The present methods include several significant developments in technique of culture plant tissues that are

    • (a) yields of HHT selected from rapid growth, resistance to infections organisms; and
    • (b) HHT can excrete into media.

Traditional method of plant culture is very difficult to overcome the problem of high cost. Therefore, traditional method appears too long to have commercial value. HHT is secondary metabolite of Cephalotaxus. Secondary compound acts in defense against the harmful effects of toxins, carcinogens or mutagens found in the plant. In fact, traditional method is very difficult to increase HHT contenting in plant tissues. The present new method uses a special biochemical agent for increasing content of HHT and more easily to purify HHT from other metabolites.

More important is that the key of the present new technique for producing high content of HHT in plant cell culture is to increase production of HHT by directed fermentation through precursor of HHT feeding. The present new methods are used special metabolite of Cephalotaxus for markedly enhance production of HHT. Therefore, the present invention disclosed a new source for the long term of producing HHT.

2. Using Precursor of HHT:

Recent research’s results have established that direct production of HHT from its precursor and advances in biosynthetic understanding for HHT metabolism. Biosynthesis or semisynthesis of HHT from major nonactivity ingredients is well established through great advances in special biochemistry reactions. Using precursor of HHT for semisynthesis and increase of production in plant cell culture are new developing methods for producing HHT.

3. Using Leaves:

Our new method use leaves of tree of Cephalotaxus not use the bark. So far, the extraction of HHT is used bark. The leaves are harvested from the trees ofCephalotaxus, which grow in mountains of South China. The natural source of leaves is very abundance. The new methods do not use bark. Therefore, it can avoid destroy trees. The natural source of Cephalotaxus tree is very limited and slow growing. In fact, bark of Cephalotaxus has very low yield of HHT. The yield of HHT from Cephalotaxus bark is about 50-100 mg/kg of dried bark. The present new method, therefore, has a great economic and environmental value.

4. Semisynthesis:

HHT has received important chemical studies particularly in regard to structure and anticancer activity relationship and semisynthesis.

A great progress in biochemistry allows semisynthesis to use precursor of HHT from leaves of Cephalotaxus and to produce HHT. The total chemical synthesis of HHT appears too long to have commercial value too. Semisynthesis method can yield a high efficient conversion of precursor to HHT. It is other better biological source for manufacturing HHT. This new method uses closing chemical analogues to convert to HHT. This analogue is produced from leaves or other organ of Cephalotaxus. The present invention disclosed that new methods and techniques of manufacturing HHT could avoid chopping down Cephalotaxus trees which governmental environmentalists are trying to have declared a threatened species.

5. Using Taxol Residual

The anticancer drug Taxol is the most promising new chemotherapeutic agents that developed for cancer treatment in the past twenty years. Taxol has a unique mechanism of action. It has been shown to promote tubulin polymerization and stabilize microtubules against depolymerization. The FDA approved the clinical use of Taxol for several types of cancer. So far, annual sales of Taxol are more than $2 billion in market. Taxol is extracted from bark or leaves of an evergreen tree named Taxus species including Taxus brevifolia (or called Pacific yew). After Taxol has been extracted from bark or leaves, all residual materials of Taxus brecifolia named Taxus residual, which are waste.

Both taxol and HHT can be extracted from yew tree. The content of taxol is less than 0.01% in yew tree. The content of HHT in yew tree is about 0.01% -0.22%. The content of HHT is much higher than content of Taxol. Taxol extracted from bark of yew is difficult and expensive. One reason is that the presences of closely related congeners are similar to Taxol. A major congener is Cephalomannine (CPM), which is a waster of process in manufacturing of Taxol.

The chemical and physical characters are very close between Taxol and Cephalomannine (CPM).

CPM characterized by the same ring structure as Taxol and distinguishes from them only in C-13 ester structure. The present invention disclosed that CPM and related derivative are used to produce HHT.

The following specific examples will provide detailed illustrations of methods of producing relative drugs, according to the present invention and pharmaceutical dosage units containing demonstrates its effectiveness in treatment of cancer cells. These examples are not intended, however, to limit or restrict the scope of the invention in any way, and should not be construed as providing conditions, parameters, reagents, or

EXAMPLE 1

Production of HHT by Culture Cells

So far, HHT is extracted from bark and skins of Cephalotaxus species. However, growth of Cephalotaxus species is very slow and concentration of HHT in plant is extremely low. Furthermore, it is difficult to harvest the plants because of their low propagation rate and the danger of drastic reduced in plant availability. Also, cost of total chemical synthesis of HHT is very expensive and is not available for commerce now. For the reasons given above it is more difficult to obtainCephalotaxus on a large scale for long time. Therefore, Cephalotaxus cell cultures are one of best methods for obtaining HHT. In this present invention, special elicitation is disclosed and it will significantly increase production of HHT.

The methods of cell and tissue culture are disclosed as below.

Parts of bark, stems, leaves, or roots of Cephalotaxus species were surface disinfected by treatment in 70% ethanol for 10 minutes and followed by 0.1 HgCl2for 3 minutes. Plant materials were washed five times for 10 minutes each by sterilized water. Parts of plant were cut into small pieces (0.5-1 mm) and put pieces to Murashige and Skoog’s (MS) medium and supplemented with derivative of new active ingredient of phylum mycota (IPM), precursor of HHT which is a derivative of Cephalotaxus (CEP), tyrosine (TYR) naphthaleneacetic acid (NAA), Kinetin (3 mg/L), and 3% sucrose (w/v). PH of medium was adjusted to 5.7˜5.8. Agar (10 g/L) added to medium. Callus tissues are collected from agar media and suspension cultured cells were harvested by filtration and cultured in MS medium.

The cultures were kept in a culture room at 26° C.±1° C. Friable callus tissues were obtained. The callu was inoculated into 4 L of MS liquid medium containing sucrose, derivative of CEP, PHE, TYR, NAA and Kinetin. Then callus tissues were cultivated 26° C. for 35 days on rotary shaker operated at 120 rpm in the dark. Cells were subcultured into fresh medium of same composition every 2 weeks and maintained at 120 rpm at 26°±1° C. Packed cell volume (PCV), fresh weight (FW), dry weight (DW), concentration of HHT and concentration of sugar were determined every 5th day. The cells were harvested and dried.

In general, callus and suspension cultures of cephalotaxus species grow very slow and no production of free or esterified HHT. However, according to the present invention, addition of IPM to cultures cause a drastic increasing in HHT after 30 days of incubation. For example, in control group (no IPM), HHT in cultured cells is 0.020 mg/g dry weight, but in treatment group (addition of IPM) HHT is about 0.050 mg/g dry weight. Therefore, IPM can increase 250% of content of HHT. It has resulted in plant cell culture systems that producing HHT at concentration higher than those produced by the mother plant. The production of HHT increases significantly after the addition of precursors (CEP). Addition of CEP can increase HHT. Obviously, the present invention provided a new commercial and economic method for producing HHT. The IPM and precursors (CEP) play key role in cultured cells.

EXAMPLE 2

Semi-Synthesis of HHT

HHT shows a significant inhibitory activity against leukemia and other cancer. Concentration of HHT, however, has only 0.01% in natural sources. Cephalotazine (CEP) is major alkaloids present in plant extracts and the concentration ofCephalotaxus has about 1%. Therefore, concentration of CEP is about 100 times higher then HHT in nature plant sources. But CEP is inactive. For the reason given above, semisynthesis of HHT from CEP will increase huge natural sources of HHT.

    • (1) Extraction of CEP

10 kg of dried stems or leaves or roots of Cephalotaxus species were milled, placed in a percolator, along 80 L of 95% of ethanol, and allowed to stand 24 hours. The ethanol was recovered under reduced pressure (below 40° C.). 20 L of 5% tartaric acid was added to concentrated ethanol solution. The ammonia water was added to the acidic solution and adjusted pH to 9. The solution of pH 9 was filtered and yielded a filtrate. The filtrate was extracted with CHCl3. CHClwas recovered under reduced pressure and residue was obtained. The residue was chromatographed packed with alumna and eluted by CHCl3-MeOH (9:1). Eluate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Residue was dried under vacuum. The product is CEP.

    • (2) Semisynthesized HHT from CEP

Materials and Methods

Melting points were determined on a Fisher-Johns apparatus. Infrared spectra were obtained on a Perkin-Elmer 567 infrared spectrophotometer or on a Beckman 4230 IR spectrophotometer. Peak positions were given in cm−1. The IR spectra of solid samples were measured as potassium bromide dispersions, and the spectra of liquids were determined in chloroform or carbon tetrachloride solutions. NMR spectra were measured on a Varian A-60, Perkin-Elmer R-32, Varian EM-390, or Brüker WH-90 NMR spectrometer. Chemical-shift values were given in parts per million downfield from Me4Si as an internal standard. Mass spectra were run on an AE1 MS-12 Finnigan 3300, or CEC21-110B mass spectrometer.

Preparative thin-layer chromatography was accomplished using 750-μm layers of aluminum oxide HF-254 (type E), aluminum oxide 60 PF-254 (type E), silica gel HF-254 (type 60 PF-254), or silica gel GF-254. Visualization was by short-wave ultraviolet light. Grace silica gel, Grade 923, and Woelm neutral aluminum oxide, activity III, were used for column chromatography. Analytical thin-layer chromatography was run on plastic sheets precoated with aluminum oxide F-254 neutral (type T), 200-μm thick, and on Polygram Sil G/UV254 (silica gel), 250 μm on plastic sheets. Visualization was usually by short-wave ultraviolet light, phosphomolybdic acid, or iodoplatinate.

Preparation of α-Ketoester-Harringtonine

1 g of Benzene-α-acetone Na was put into 10 L of benzene. Mixture was stirred at room temperature then was dissolved in 10 L of pyridine and stirred at 0° C. Oxalic chloride was added from a dropping funnel to solution of pyridine. Stirring was continued while the solution warmed to room temperature and stand overnight. Excess reagent was removed. This solution was dissolved in CH2Cl2and cooled to near 0° C. in an ice water bath. 5 g of CEP, 2.5 L of CH2Cland 2.5 L of pyridine were added to cold CH2Clsolution. Manipulations were done in a dry Natmosphere and all glassware heat-dried just before use. The suspension was stirred at room temperature and overnight. The mixture was washed with 10% Na2COand saturated aqueous NaCl, then dried with auhydrous magenesium sulfate, and filtered and the solvents were removed in vacuo. Evaporation provided as an amorphous solid α-ketoester-harringtonine (mp 143˜145° C.).

Semi-Synthesis of HHT

10 L of CH3CHBrCOOEt and activated zin dust and THF were added to the α-ketoester-harringtonine (at −78° C.) for 6 hours followed by slow warming to room temperature with stirred. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10 L CHCland 10 L H2O and solid Na2COwas added. CHClwas evaporated under reduced pressure and residue was obtained.

The residue was purified by chromatography on alumina. The column was flushed with chloroform and followed by chloroform-methanol (9:1). The solvents were recovered under reduced pressure to provide as a solid. Solid was dissolved in pure ethanol and crystallized. The crystals were refined by recrystalization in diethyl ether. The crystals dried under vacuum. The product is HHT, which has the following characters:

[α]−119° (C=0.96),

MSm/e (%): 689 (M+, 3), 314 (3), 299 (20), 298 (100), 282 (3), 266 (4), 20 (3), 150 (8), 131 (12), 73 (18)

EXAMPLE 3

HHT Extracted from Plant Tissue

Extraction of HHT has several major methods which including extraction by organic solvent, chromatograph and adjust pH.

HHT was extracted from plant tissue culture, plant cells or leaves of Cephalotaxusspecies.

1 kg of ground Cephalotaxus fortunei Hook was extracted with 10 liters of water at room temperature for 24 hrs. To filtered the solution to yield a filtrate. Ten liters of 90% ethanol added to filtrate. The mixture was Centrifugalized to yield a sediment. Percolated the sediment with ethanol and filter again to yield filtrate, combined filtrates, and distilled under reduced pressure to recover ethanol and an aqueous residue. To this residue, added 10% of HCl to adjust the pH to 2.5. To separated the solids from the solution by filtration to yield a filtrate (1). Washed the solids once with 2% HCl and filtered to yield a filtrate (2). Combined (1) and (2) and adjusted the pH to 9.5 by adding saturated sodium carbonate solution. Extracted the alkaline filtrate with chloroform and separated the chloroform layer from the aqueous layer. To repeated this extraction process five times. Combined all the chloroform extracts and distilled at reduced pressure to recover chloroform and alkaloid as a solid residue obtained. The solid alkaloid was then dissolved in 6% citric acid in water. The solution was divided into three equal portions. These were adjusted to pH 7, 8 and 9 by adding saturated sodium carbonate solution. The portions having pH 8 and 9 were combined and extracted with chloroform. The chloroform extracts were distilled under reduced pressure, whereby chloroform was removed and recovered and crude HHT was obtained. The crude HHT was dissolved in pure ethanol and crystallized. The crystals were refined by recrystallization in diethyl ether. The crude HHT obtained.

The portion having a pH of 7 passed through a liquid chromatographic column packed with alumina of diameter to height 1:50. The column was finally flushed with chloroform and followed by chloroform-methanol of 9:1 mixture. The resulting alkaloids were mixture crude of HHT. Combined crude HHT and then separated from each other by countercurrent distribution employing chloroform and pH 5 buffers. The first fraction of the countercurrent distribution was HHT. HHT was purified by crystallization in methyl alcohol. The crystallization was purified by recrystallization in methyl alcohol and dried under vacuum.

…………………….

EP1373275A2

Example 1 : Preparation of harringtonine drug substance by purification of commercial natural harringtonine

A. Analytical profile of starting product

By combination of HPLC analysis with UV detection (see Figure 6) and mass spectrometry detection (see figure 7 and 8) a total of 6.5% of related compound (identified as b,c: position isomer of harringtonine = 3.4%; d: homoharringtonine = 3%; e: 4′-demethyl harringtonine = 0.01%; f: drupacine derivative: 0.05%) are found in the starting product.

B. Chromatography of natural harringtonine

Natural harringtonine (5 grams) is injected on a preparative high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) system (Prochrom stainless steel; permanent axial compression; diameter: 80 mm; length: 1000 mm) containing 1000 grams of reverse phase octadecylsilane specially dedicated for basic compounds as stationary phase. Then elution is performed in using a gradient of pH 3 buffered methanol-water solution as mobile phase (pressure 1200 psi). Unwanted fractions are discarded based upon in-line UV spectrophotometric detection. Kept fractions are collected in 16 separate containers which each are individually checked in using an analytical HPLC system exhibiting a different selectivity pattern (octadecylsilane as stationary phase and buffered acetonitrile-water system as mobile phase). During the development phase, a dual in-line UV-MS detection is used. After discarding of the fractions representing more than 0.5 % of the total content of harringtonine, fractions which complied with pre-established specification were gathered, neutralized then evaporated under reduce pressure. Then crude concentrated solution of harringtonine are alkalinized at pH 8.5 with aqueous ammonia and partitioned with dichloromethane. Resulting organic solution is concentrated under high vacuum. In-process HPLC analysis indicated a total of related compound lower than 1.5 %. C. Crystallization of raw harringtonine

Under a laminar flow hood, the above raw harringtonine (4.1 grams) is dissolved in methanol (5ml), at 30°C. The resulting alcoholic solution was filtered on a 0.25 μ sterile Millipore filter to remove microparticules and germs and collected in a sterilized rotary flask. Then, desionized water (50mL) is added and methanol is completely removed under vacuum at 30°C in using a decontaminated rotary evaporator. After removing methanol, heating is stopped and the aqueous solution of harringtonine is kept under vacuum and rotation is continued during appearance of white crystals of pure harringtonine. The stirring is continued until no more crystal occurs. Under a laminar flow hood, the suspension of is poured on a sintered glass filter with house vacuum. The resulting crystalline solid cake is washed two times with cold desionized water (10 mL x 2). The white translucent crystals are then dried using high vacuum at 40°C for 24 hours. Overall yield is 76%. All operations were documented prior to start the process and full current Good Manufacturing Practices were applied. This clinical batch corresponds to 400 therapeutic units dosed at 10mg.

D. Analysis

Routine analytical procedure includes solvent residues, loss on drying, water determination, melting point, IR and NMR spectrum, related compound and assay by HPLC. Figure 7 and 9 compare HPLC chromatogram before and after purification in using this process. Table II shows the comparison of the corresponding related compound content.

Figure imgf000011_0001

For the aim of further characterization, more advanced studies were performed including differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogravimetry, 2D NMR, solid NMR and X-ray powder diffractometry.

Infrared Spectrometry:

Identical IR spectra were obtained by either the KBr pellet and/or mineral oil mull preparation technique. Figure 5 shows typical infrared spectrum (KBr) for unambiguous identification at the solid state of the crystalline harringtonine obtained by this process. A series of sharp absorption bands are noted at 615, 654, 674, 689, 709, 722, 750, 761 805, 850, 928, 989, 1022, 1033, 1062, 1083, 1112, 1162, 1205, 1224, 1262, 1277, 1308, 1340, 1364, 1382, 1438 1486, 1508, 1625, 1656, 1725, 1745, 2883, 2936, 2972, 3079, 3353, 3552 and 3647 cm“1

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) And Thermogravimetry (TG) Measurement of DSC and TG were obtained on a Mettler Toledo STAR System. Approximately 12 mg of harringtonine drug substance were accurately weighed (12.4471 mg) into a DSC pan. The sample was heated from 25°C to 200°C at a rate of 10°C/min. The DSC data were obtained following a standard method in the art. The DSC curve of crystalline harringtonine drug substance ((Figure 4), exhibits a melting endotherm at 79.5 °C . No subsequent decomposition occurred under the upper tested temperature 200°C. Simultaneous TG measurement, indicated a loss on drying of 1.3 % which did not correspond to a lost of structural molecule of solvent or water.

Example 2: Preparation of homoharringtonine drug substance by purification of raw semi- synthetic (hemi-synthetic) homoharringtonine

A. Analytical profile of starting product

Crude reaction mixture of raw homoharringtonine contains a potential of 250 grams of homoharringtonine DS together with process impurities such as catalyst, unchanged starting product (anhydro-homo-harringtonine), and some related side product. HPLC analysis with UV detection (see left-side chromatogram on Figure 10) indicated a total of 9 % of related impurities. B. Chromatography of semi-synthetic homoharringtonine

Raw semi-synthetic homoharringtonine (550 grams) is injected on a preparative high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) system (Prochrom stainless steel; permanent axial compression; diameter: 450 mm; length: 1000 mm) containing 48,000 grams of reverse phase octadecylsilane specially dedicated for basic compounds as stationary phase. Then elution is performed in using a gradient of pH 3 buffered methanol-water solution as mobile phase (pressure 1200 psi, flow-rate 540 L/hour). Unwanted fractions are discarded based upon by- passed in-line UV spectrophotometric detector. Kept fractions are collected in 30 separate stainless steel containers (20 or 50 L each) which are individually checked in using an analytical HPLC system exhibiting a different selectivity pattern (octadecylsilane as stationary phase and buffered acetonitrile-water system as mobile phase) and equipped with a diode array detector. After discarding of the fractions representing more than 0.5 % of the total content of homoharringtonine, fractions which complied with pre-established specification were gathered, neutralized then evaporated under reduce pressure in using a mechanically stirred thin film evaporator. Then crude concentrated solution of homoharringtonine are alkalinized at pH 8.5 with aqueous ammonia and partitioned with dichloromethane. Resulting organic solution is concentrated under high vacuum. In-process HPLC analysis indicated a total of related compound lower than 0.5 % (see rigth-side chromatogram on Figure 10)

C. Crystallization of homoharringtonine DS

In a controlled clean room, under a laminar flow hood, the above raw homoharringtonine DS (210 grams) is dissolved in methanol (240 mL), at 30°C. The resulting alcoholic solution is filtered on a 0.25 μ sterile Millipore filter to remove microparticules and germs and collected in a sterilized pilot rotary flask. Then, desionized water (2400mL) is added and methanol is completely removed under vacuum at 30°C in using a decontaminated pilot rotary evaporator. After removing methanol, heating is stopped and the aqueous solution of homoharringtonine DS is kept under vacuum and rotation is continued during appearance of white crystals of pure homoharringtonine. The stirring is continued until no more crystal occurs. Under a laminar flow hood, the suspension of is poured on a sintered glass filter with house vacuum. The resulting crystalline solid cake is washed two times with cold desionized water (450 mL x 2). The white cryitals are then dried using high vacuum at 60°C for 48 hours. Overall yield is 88% from potential content of homoharringtonine in raw semi-synthetic homoharringtonine. All operations were documented prior to start the process and full current Good Manufacturing Practices were applied. This clinical batch corresponds to 40,000 therapeutic units dosed at 5mg.

D. Analysis

Routine analytical procedure includes solvent residues, loss on drying, water determination, melting point, IR and NMR spectrum, related compound and assay by HPLC. Figure 11 shows HPLC chromatogram before and after crystallization. Total of related impurities of homoharringtonine DS is 0.03%.

For the aim of further characterization, more advanced studies were performed including differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetry (TD), 2D NMR, solid NMR and X-ray powder diffractometry.

Infrared Spectrometry:

Identical IR spectra were obtained by either the KBr pellet and/or mineral oil mull preparation technique. Figure 3 shows typical infrared spectrum (KBr) for unambiguous identification at the solid state of the crystalline homoharringtonine obtained by this process. A series of sharp absorption bands are noted at 612, 703, 771 , 804, 826, 855, 879, 932, 1029, 1082, 1119,

1135, 1161 , 1191 , 1229, 1274, 1344, 1367, 1436, 1457, 1488, 1505, 1653, 1743, 2814, 2911 ,

2958, 3420, and 3552 cm“1

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) And Thermogravimetry (TG)

Measurement of DSC and TG were obtained on a Mettler Toledo STAR System. Approximately 11 mg of homoharringtonine drug substance were accurately weighed (10.6251 mg) into a DSC pan. The sample was heated from 25°C to 250°C at a rate of 5°C/min. The

DSC data were obtained following a standard method in the art. The DSC curve of crystalline homoharringtonine drug substance (Figure 1), exhibits a melting endotherm at 145.6 °C.

Melting range performed by the capillary method (Bucchi Apparatus) gave 143-145°C. Literature indicated 144-146°C [Anonymous, Acta Bot. Sin. 22, 156 (1980) cited by L. Huang and Z. Xue, Cephalotaxus Alkaloids, in “The Alkaloids”, vol. XXIII, pp157, (1988).

Crystallization medium was not published. This is the only literature reference regarding melting point of a crystalline form of HHT] X-Ray Powder Diffraction

X-ray powder diffraction pattern was collected on a INEL microdiffractomer, model

DIFFRACTINEL. Powdered homoharringtonine DS was packed in a glass capillary tube and was analyzed according to a standard method in the art. The X-ray generator was opered at 45 kV and 40 mA, using the copper Kalpha line as the radiation source. The sample was rotated along the chi axis and data was collected between 0 and 120 deg 2-theta. A collection time of 1200 sec was used. As showed on Figure 2, the x-ray powder diffraction for this crystalline form of homoharringtonine shows a typical pattern including major reflection peaks at approximately 7.9, 9.2, 10.9, 14.9 16.0, 17.7, 19.5, 19.7, 21.78, 23.1 , 25.3, 25.4 and 25.7 deg 2-theta.

Example 3: Preparation of homoharringtonine drug substance by purification of a commercial sample of impure homoharringtonine from Chinese source

A. Analytical profile of starting product

Analytical HPLC chromatogram of natural homoharringtonine (China National Pharmaceutical) is displayed on Figure 12 (bottom left).

B. Chromatography of Natural Homoharringtonine

Natural homoharringtonine (25 grams) is injected on a preparative high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) system (Prochrom stainless steel; permanent axial compression; diameter: 200 mm; length: 1000 mm) containing 12,000 grams of reverse phase octadecylsilane specially dedicated for basic compounds as stationary phase. Then elution is performed in using a gradient of pH 3 buffered methanol-water solution as mobile phase (pressure 1200 psi, flow-rate 120 IJhour). Unwanted fractions are discarded based upon bypassed in-line UV spectrophotometric detector. Kept fractions are collected in 22 separate stainless steel containers which are individually checked in using an analytical HPLC system exhibiting a different selectivity pattern (octadecylsilane as stationary phase and buffered acetonitrile-water system as mobile phase) and equipped with a diode array detector. After discarding of the fractions representing more than 0.5 % of the total content of homoharringtonine, fractions which complied with pre-established specification were gathered, neutralized then evaporated under reduce pressure in using a mechanically stirred thin film evaporator. Then crude concentrated solution of homoharringtonine are alkalinized at pH 8.5 with aqueous ammonia and partitioned with dichloromethane. Resulting organic solution is concentrated under high vacuum. In-process HPLC analysis indicated a total of related compound lower than 0.5 %.

C. Crystallization of homoharringtonine DS

In a controlled clean room, under a laminar flow hood, the above chromatographied homoharringtonine DS (18 grams) is dissolved in methanol (35 mL), at 30°C. The resulting alcoholic solution is filtered on a 0.25 μ sterile Millipore filter to remove microparticules and germs and collected in a sterilized pilot rotary flask. Then, desionized water (300 mL) is added and methanol is completely removed under vacuum at 30°C in using a decontaminated pilot rotary evaporator. After removing methanol, heating is stopped and the aqueous solution of homoharringtonine DS is kept under vacuum and rotation is continued during appearance of white crystals of pure homoharringtonine. The stirring is continued until no more crystal occurs.

Under a laminar flow hood, the suspension of is poured on a sintered glass filter with house vacuum. The resulting crystalline solid cake is washed two times with cold desionized water

(50 mL x 2). The white crystals are then dried using high vacuum at 60°C for 48 hours. Overall yield is 84% from potential content of homoharringtonine in raw semi-synthetic homoharringtonine. All operations were documented prior to start the process and full current

Good Manufacturing Practices were applied.

D. Analysis

Routine analytical procedure includes solvent residues, loss on drying, water determination, melting point, IR and NMR spectrum, related compound and assay by HPLC. Figure 12 (bottom right) shows HPLC chromatogram after crystallization. Total of related impurities of homoharringtonine DS is 0.05%.

For the aim of further characterization, more advanced studies were performed including differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetry (TD), 2D NMR, solid NMR and X-ray powder diffractometry. Infrared Spectra, Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) and X-Ray Powder Diffraction gave patterns strictly superimposable to the one of example 2 obtained from semi-synthetic homoharringtonine (Figure 3, 1 , and 2, respectively).

………………………………….

KOREAN PAPER.. LINK

Title: 한국산 개비자(Cephalotaxus koreans)에서의 Harringtonine과 Homoharringtonine의 확인 및 함량 분석
Author: 박호일 ; 이연 (한국생물공학회)
Source: 한국생물공학회지 = Korean journal of biotechnology and bioengineering; ISSN:1225-7117 @ 1225-7117 @ ; VOL.11; NO.6; PAGE.689-695; (1996)
Pub.Country: Korea
Language: Korean
Abstract: Harringtonine and homoharringtonine known as anti-cancer agents were isolated from Korean native plumyew(Cephalotaxus koreana) using column chromatography(CHCl3:MeOH=19:1, Rf=0.28). The structure of the mixture of two compounds was characterized by 1H-NMR. Comparison of our spectra of harringtonine and homoharringtonine with previously reported ones indicated that the two are identical. The contents of harringtonine and homoharringtonine in the needles, stems, and roots of Korean native plumyew were determined by high performance liquid chromatography(HPLC). The contents of both compounds varied with the site of location and the part of plant. The content of harringtonine was higher in needles and roots than in stems, whereas the content of homoharringtonlne was lower than harringtonine. Homoharringtonine contents in needles at Mt. Palgong, Mt. Dukyu, Mt. Baekyang, Mt. Jiri, and Namhae were higher than in stems and roots. But homoharringtonine contents in needles al Mt. Jokye and Jindo were lower than in stems and roots.

http://img.kisti.re.kr/originalView/originalView.jsp

……………………………………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS OF HOMOHARRINGTONINE AND SEPARATION OF ITS STEREOMERS

WANG YONG-KENG LI YU-LIN PAN XIN-FU LI SHAO-BAI HUANG WEN-KUI (Institute of Organic Chemistry,Lanzhou University)
Ethyl 2-oxo-6-ethylene dioxy-heptanoate(2),an important intermediate in the preparation of homoharringtonine(8a),was prepared by the reaction of Grignard reagent made from 1-bromo-4-ethylene dioxy pentane with ethyl oxalate in THF. Compound 2 was converted into α-keto-acyl-cephalotaxine(5)via sodium carboxylate 3 and acyl chloride 4.Reformatsky reaction of 5 with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of freshly prepared active zinc affords 6.Acid treatment of 6 gave 7.Reaction of 7 with methyl magnesium iodide provided a mixture of homoharringtonine(8a) and its epimer 8b.Their separation is effected by fractional crystallization of their picrates and subsequent recovery of the free alkaloids 8a and 8b.The TLC,IR,~1H NMR and MS data of 8a are identical with those of natural homoharringtonine.The IR and MS of 8a and 8b are quite similar,but their ~1H NMR are markedly different
………………………………………………..
READ
  1. [PDF]

    Chapter 1 Drug Discovery from Plants – Springer

    www.springer.com/cda/content/…/cda…/9783540746003-c1.pdf?…0…

    LC-NMR-MS and LC-SPE-NMR to accelerate their future discovery. Keywords …..Ceflatonine (34), a synthetic version of homoharringtonine produced by.

    …………………………………………………………………………….

References

  1.  “Synribo (omacetaxine) dosing, indications, interactions, adverse effects, and more”Medscape Reference. WebMD. Retrieved 18 February 2014.
  2.  “SYNRIBO (omacetaxine mepesuccinate) injection, powder, lyophilized, for solution [Cephalon, Inc.]”DailyMed. Cephalon, Inc. October 2012. Retrieved 18 February 2014.
  3.  Sweetman, S, ed. (14 November 2012). Omacetaxine Mepesuccinate. “Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference”. Medicines Complete(Pharmaceutical Press).
  4.  Li, Y. F.; Deng, Z. K.; Xuan, H. B.; Zhu, J. B.; Ding, B. H.; Liu, X. N.; Chen, B. A. (2009). “Prolonged chronic phase in chronic myelogenous leukemia after homoharringtonine therapy”. Chinese medical journal122 (12): 1413–1417. PMID 19567163edit
  5.  Quintás-Cardama, A.; Kantarjian, H.; Cortes, J. (2009). “Homoharringtonine, omacetaxine mepesuccinate, and chronic myeloid leukemia circa 2009”. Cancer 115 (23): 5382–5393.doi:10.1002/cncr.24601PMID 19739234edit
  6.  Wu, L.; Li, X.; Su, J.; Chang, C.; He, Q.; Zhang, X.; Xu, L.; Song, L.; Pu, Q. (2009). “Effect of low-dose cytarabine, homoharringtonine and granulocyte colony-stimulating factor priming regimen on patients with advanced myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia transformed from myelodysplastic syndrome”. Leukemia & Lymphoma50 (9): 1461. doi:10.1080/10428190903096719edit
  7.  Gu, L. F.; Zhang, W. G.; Wang, F. X.; Cao, X. M.; Chen, Y. X.; He, A. L.; Liu, J.; Ma, X. R. (2010). “Low dose of homoharringtonine and cytarabine combined with granulocyte colony-stimulating factor priming on the outcome of relapsed or refractory acute myeloid leukemia”.Journal of Cancer Research and Clinical Oncology 137 (6): 997–1003.doi:10.1007/s00432-010-0947-zPMID 21152934edit
  8.  Kantarjian, H. M.; Talpaz, M.; Santini, V.; Murgo, A.; Cheson, B.; O’Brien, S. M. (2001). “Homoharringtonine”. Cancer 92 (6): 1591–1605.doi:10.1002/1097-0142(20010915)92:6<1591::AID-CNCR1485>3.0.CO;2-UPMID 11745238edit
  9.  Wetzler M, Segal D. Omacetaxine as an Anticancer Therapeutic: What is Old is New Again. Current Pharmaceutical Design 2011;17:59-64
  10. Concise total synthesis of (±)-cephalotaxine via a transannulation strategy: Development of a facile reductive oxy-nazarov cyclization
    Org Lett 2011, 13(13): 3538
  11. The first semi-synthesis of enantiopure homoharringtonine via anhydrohomoharringtonine from a preformed chiral acyl moiety
    Tetrahedron Lett 1999, 40: 2931
  12. Synthesis of homoharringtonine and its derivative by partial esterification of cephalotaxine
    Tetrahedron Lett 1982, 23(34): 3431
  13. Construction of chiral tertiary alcohol stereocenters via the (2,3)-Meisenheimer rearrangement: Enantioselective synthesis of the side-chain acids of homoharringtonine and harringtonine
    J Org Chem 2013, 78(2): 339
  14. Studies in Cephalotaxus alkaloids. Stereospecific total synthesis of homoharringtonine
    J Org Chem 1983, 48(26): 5321
  15. Chemistry – A European Journal, 2008 ,  vol. 14,   14  pg. 4293 – 4306
WO2000040269A2 * Jan 5, 2000 Jul 13, 2000 Clarence C Lee Pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of diseased tissues
WO2002032904A1 * Oct 17, 2000 Apr 25, 2002 Oncopharm Corp New cephalotaxanes, their method of preparation and their use in treatment of cancers, leukemias, parasites including thus resistant to usual chemotherapeutic agents and as reversal agents
EP0393575A1 * Apr 17, 1990 Oct 24, 1990 G.D. Searle &amp; Co. Neoplasia treatment compositions containing antineoplastic agent and side-effect reducing protective agent
USH271 * Dec 18, 1985 May 5, 1987 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Treatment of malaria with esters of cephalotaxine
US7169774 Jun 25, 2004 Jan 30, 2007 Stragen Pharma S.A. Cephalotaxane derivatives and their processes of preparation and purification
US7842687 May 25, 2006 Nov 30, 2010 Chemgenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cephalotaxane derivatives and their processes of preparation and purification
US8466142 Mar 3, 2009 Jun 18, 2013 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Cephalotaxus esters, methods of synthesis, and uses thereof
Reference
1 * KANTARJIAN H.M. ET AL: “Chronic myelogenous leukemia – Progress at the M. D. Anderson Cancer Center over the past two decades and future directions: First Emil J Freireich Award Lecture.” CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH, (1997) 3/12 II (2723-2733). , XP001095529
2 * LEVY, VINCENT (1) ET AL: “Subcutaneous homoharringtonine (SQ HHT ): 1. Pharmacokinetic study in dogs and HHT determination in blood in using LC-MS method.” BLOOD, (NOVEMBER 16, 2001) VOL. 98, NO. 11 PART 2, PP. 179B. HTTP://WWW.BLOODJOURNAL.ORG/. PRINT. MEETING INFO.: 43RD ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEMATOLOGY, PART 2 ORLANDO, FLORIDA, USA DECEMBER 07-11, 2001 , XP001095449
3 * LEVY, VINCENT (1) ET AL: “Subcutaneous homoharringtonine (SQ HHT ): 2. Tolerance in humans and case report of a refractory patient with AML treated by very small dose of SQ HHT.” BLOOD, (NOVEMBER 16, 2001) VOL. 98, NO. 11 PART 2, PP. 202B. HTTP://WWW.BLOODJOURNAL.ORG/. PRINT. MEETING INFO.: 43RD ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEMATOLOGY, PART 2 ORLANDO, FLORIDA, USA DECEMBER 07-11, 2001 , XP001095450
4 * WHAUN J M ET AL: “TREATMENT OF CHLOROQUINE -RESISTANT MALARIA WITH ESTERS OF CEPHALOTAXINE HOMOHARRINGTONINE.” ANN TROP MED PARASITOL(1990) 84(3), 229-237, XP008006193

1H NMR

13 CNMR

HPLC

Share

TADALAFIL.. cialis

 GENERIC  Comments Off on TADALAFIL.. cialis
Feb 162014
 

Tadalafil

GF-196960, IC-351, Cialis

6Rtrans)-6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)- 2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-methyl-pyrazino [1′, 2′:1,6] pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione

Pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione,6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-methyl-, (6R-trans)-; (6R,12aR)-6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-ethylpyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione; GF 196960;  Adcirca;

171596-29-5  casno

Molecular Weight:
389.40

Molecular Formula:C22H19N3O4

GlaxoSmithKline (Originator), Lilly Icos (Marketer), Lilly (Licensee), Lilly Icos (Licensee)

Launched-2003

Tadalafil is currently marketed as Cialis. Cialis was developed by Eli Lilly as a treatment for impotence. In this capacity, it is reported that tadalafil functions by inhibiting the formation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP)-specific phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5). The inhibition of PDE5 presumably lessens impotence by increasing the amount ot c(iMP, resulting in smooth muscle relaxation and increased blood flow.

Tadalafil is a PDE5 inhibitor marketed in pill form for treating erectile dysfunction (ED) under the name Cialis, and under the name Adcirca for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension. In October 2011 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved Cialis for treating the signs and symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) as well as a combination of BPH and erectile dysfunction (ED) when the conditions coincide. It initially was developed by the biotechnology company ICOS, and then again developed and marketed world-wide by Lilly ICOS, LLC, the joint venture of ICOS Corporation and Eli Lilly and CompanyCialis tablets, in 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, and 20 mg doses, are yellow, film-coated, and almond-shaped. The approved dose for pulmonary arterial hypertension is 40 mg (two 20-mg tablets) once daily.

Tadalafil can be prepared via a series of intermediates. One synthesis scheme is illustrated in Scheme 1: Scheme 1

Figure imgf000003_0001

U.S. Patent No. 5,859,006 describes the synthesis of the tadalafil intermediate (Compound III) from D-tryptophan methyl ester (Compound II) and piperonal (Compound I) using trifluoroacetic acid and dichloromethane, a halogenated solvent. Compound III is then reacted with chloroacetyl chloride (Compound IV) and chloroform, providing another intermediate of tadalafil (Compound V). WO 04/011463 describes a process of preparing tadalafil intermediates from D-tryptophan methyl ester HCl salt and piperonal by refluxing the reagents in isopropyl alcohol; the obtained intermediate is reacted with chloroacetyl chloride and THF, resulting in another intermediate of tadalafil.

Tadalafil is also manufactured and sold under the name of Tadacip by the Indian pharmaceutical company Cipla in doses of 10 mg and 20 mg.

On November 21, 2003 the FDA approved tadalafil (as Cialis) for sale in the United States as the third ED prescription drug pill (after sildenafil citrate(Viagra) and vardenafil (Levitra)). Like sildenafil and vardenafil, tadalafil is recommended as an ‘as needed’ medication. Cialis is the only one of the three that is also offered as a once-daily medication.

Moreover, tadalafil was approved in May 2009 in the United States for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension and is under regulatory review in other regions for this condition. In late November 2008, Eli Lilly sold the exclusive rights to commercialize tadalafil for pulmonary arterial hypertension in the United States to United Therapeutics for an upfront payment of $150 million.

The FDA’s approval of Viagra (Sildenafil) on March 27, 1998 was a ground-breaking commercial event for the treatment of ED, with sales exceedingUS$1 billion. Subsequently, the FDA approved Levitra (vardenafil) on August 19, 2003, and Cialis (tadalafil) on November 21, 2003.

Cialis was discovered by Glaxo Wellcome (now GlaxoSmithKline) under a partnership between Glaxo and ICOS to develop new drugs that began in August 1991. [1][2] In 1993, the Bothell, Washington biotechnology company ICOS Corporation began studying compound IC351, a phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) enzyme inhibitor. In 1994, Pfizer scientists discovered that sildenafil, which also inhibits the PDE5 enzyme, caused penile erection in men participating in a clinical study of a heart medicine. Although ICOS scientists were not testing compound IC351 for treating ED, they recognized its potential usefulness for treating that disorder. Soon, in 1994, ICOS received a patent for compound IC351 (structurally unlike sildenafil and vardenafil), and Phase 1 clinical trials began in 1995. In 1997, the Phase 2 clinical studies were initiated for men experiencing ED, then progressed to the Phase 3 trials that supported the drug’s FDA approval. Although Glaxo had an agreement with ICOS to share profits 50/50 for drugs resulting from the partnership, Glaxo let the agreement lapse in 1996 as the drugs developed were not in the company’s core markets.[3]

In 1998, ICOS Corporation and Eli Lilly and Company formed the Lilly ICOS, LLC, joint venture company to further develop and commercialize tadalafil as a treatment for ED. Two years later, Lilly ICOS, LLC, filed a new drug application with the FDA for compound IC351 (under the tadalafil generic name, and the Cialis brand name). In May 2002, Lilly ICOS reported to the American Urological Association that clinical trial testing demonstrated that tadalafil was effective for up to 36 hours, and one year later, the FDA approved tadalafil. One advantage Cialis has over Viagra and Levitra is its 17.5-hour half-life (thus Cialis is advertised to work for up to 36 hours, after which time there remains approximately 25 percent of the absorbed dose in the body) when compared to the four-hour half–life of sildenafil (Viagra).

In 2007, Eli Lilly and Company bought the ICOS Corporation for $2.3 billion. As a result, Eli Lilly owned Cialis and then closed the ICOS operations, ending the joint venture and firing most of ICOS’s approximately 500 employees, except for 127 employees of the ICOS biologics facility, which subsequently was bought by CMC Biopharmaceuticals A/S (CMC).

Tadalafil Molecule

Persons surnamed “Cialis” objected to Eli Lilly and Company’s so naming the drug, but the company has maintained that the drug’s trade name is unrelated to the surname.[4]

On October 6, 2011, the U.S. FDA approved tadalafil [5] to treat the signs and symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). BPH is a condition in males in which the prostate gland becomes enlarged, obstructing the free flow of urine. Symptoms may include sudden urges to urinate (urgency), difficulty in starting urination (hesitancy), a weak urine stream, and more frequent urination- especially at night. The FDA has also approved tadalafil for treatment of both BPH and erectile dysfunction (ED) where the two conditions co-exist.

Although available since 2003 in 5, 10, 20 mg dosage, in late 2008/early 2009, the U.S. FDA approved the commercial sale of Cialis in 2.5 mg dosage as a one-a-day treatment for ED. The 2.5 mg dose avoids earlier dispensing restrictions on higher dosages. The price of the 5 mg and 2.5 mg are often similar, so some people score and split the pill.[6] The manufacturer does not recommend splitting.

Moreover, tadalafil (Adcirca) 40 mg was approved in 2009 in the United States and Europe (and 2010 in Canada and Japan) as a once-daily therapy to improve exercise ability in patients withpulmonary arterial hypertension. In patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension, the pulmonary vascular lumen is decreased as a result of vasoconstriction and vascular remodeling, resulting in increased pulmonary artery pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance. Tadalafil is believed to increase pulmonary artery vasodilation, and inhibit vascular remodeling, thus lowering pulmonary arterial pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance. Right heart failure is the principal consequence of pulmonary arterial hypertension.

On October 6, 2011, the U.S. FDA approved tadalafil [6] to treat the signs and symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). BPH is a condition in males in which the prostate gland becomes enlarged, obstructing the free flow of urine. Symptoms may include sudden urges to urinate (urgency), difficulty in starting urination (hesitancy), a weak urine stream, and more frequent urination- especially at night. The FDA has also approved tadalafil for treatment of both BPH and erectile dysfunction (ED) where the two conditions co-exist.

Tadalafil has been used in approximately 15,000 men participating in clinical trials, and over eight million men worldwide (primarily in the post-approval/post-marketing setting). The most commonside effects when using tadalafil are headache, stomach discomfort or pain, indigestion, burping, acid reflux. back pain, muscle aches, flushing, and stuffy or runny nose. These side effects reflect the ability of PDE5 inhibition to cause vasodilation (cause blood vessels to widen), and usually go away after a few hours. Back pain and muscle aches can occur 12 to 24 hours after taking the drug, and the symptom usually disappears after 48 hours.
In May 2005, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration found that tadalafil (along with other PDE5 inhibitors) was associated with vision impairment related to NAION (nonarteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy) in certain patients taking these drugs in the post-marketing (outside of clinical trials) setting. Most, but not all, of these patients had underlying anatomic or vascular risk factors for development of NAION unrelated to PDE5 use, including: low cup to disc ratio (“crowded disc”), age over 50, diabetes, hypertension, coronary artery disease, hyperlipidemia and smoking. Given the small number of NAION events with PDE5 use (fewer than one in one million), the large number of users of PDE5 inhibitors (millions) and the fact that this event occurs in a similar population to those who do not take these medicines, the FDA concluded that they were not able to draw a cause and effect relationship, given these patients underlying vascular risk factors or anatomical defects. However, the label of all three PDE5 inhibitors was changed to alert clinicians to a possible association.

In October 2007, the FDA announced that the labeling for all PDE5 inhibitors, including tadalafil, requires a more prominent warning of the potential risk of sudden hearing loss as the result of postmarketing reports of deafness associated with use of PDE5 inhibitors.[7]

Selectivity compared with other PDE5 inhibitors

Tadalafil, sildenafil, and vardenafil all act by inhibiting the PDE5 enzyme. These drugs also inhibit other PDE enzymes. Sildenafil and vardenafil inhibit PDE6, an enzyme found in the eye, more than tadalafil.[9] Some sildenafil users see a bluish tinge and have a heightened sensitivity to light because of PDE6 inhibition.[3] Sildenafil and vardenafil also inhibit PDE1 more than tadalafil.[9]PDE1 is found in the brain, heart, and vascular smooth muscle.[9] It is thought that the inhibition of PDE1 by sildenafil and vardenafil leads to vasodilationflushing, and tachycardia.[9] Tadalafil inhibits PDE11 more than sildenafil or vardenafil.[9] PDE11 is expressed in skeletal muscle, the prostate, the liver, the kidney, the pituitary gland, and the testes.[9] The effects on the body of inhibiting PDE11 are not known.[9]

20 mg Cialis tablet

In the United States, the FDA relaxed rules on prescription drug marketing in 1997, allowing advertisements targeted directly to consumers.[10] Lilly-ICOS hired the Grey Worldwide Agency in New York, part of the Grey Global Group, to run the Cialis advertising campaign.[11] Marketers for Cialis has taken advantage of its greater duration compared to its competitors in advertisements for the drug; Stuart Elliot of The New York Times opined: “The continuous presence of women in Cialis ads is a subtle signal that the drug makes it easier for them to set the pace with their men, in contrast to the primarily male-driven imagery for Levitra and Viagra.”[11] Iconic themes in Cialis ads include couples in bathtubs and the slogan “When the moment is right, will you be ready?”[11] Cialis ads were unique among the ED drugs in mentioning specifics of the drug.[12] As a result, Cialis ads were also the first to describe the side effects in an advertisement, as the FDA requires advertisements with specifics to mention side effects. One of the first Cialis ads aired at the 2004 Super Bowl.[12] Just weeks before the Super Bowl, the FDA required more possible side effects to be listed in the advertisement, including priapism.[12] Although many parents objected to the Cialis ad being aired during the Super Bowl, Janet Jackson‘s halftime “wardrobe malfunction” overshadowed Cialis.[12] In January 2006, the Cialis ads were tweaked, adding a doctor on screen to describe side effects and only running ads where more than 90 percent of the audience are adults, effectively ending Super Bowl ads.[10] In 2004, Lilly-ICOS, Pfizer, and GlaxoSmithKline spent a combined $373.1 million to advertise Cialis, Viagra, and Levitra respectively.[12] Cialis has sponsored many golf events, including the America’s Cup and the PGA Tour, once being title sponsor of the PGA Tour Western Open tournament.[13]

CIALIS (tadalafil) is a selective inhibitor of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP)-specific phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5). Tadalafil has the empirical formula C22H19N3O4 representing a molecular weight of 389.41. The structural formula is:

CIALIS (tadalafil) Structural Formula Illustration

The chemical designation is pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione, 6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-methyl-, (6R,12aR)-. It is a crystalline solid that is practically insoluble in water and very slightly soluble in ethanol.

CIALIS is available as almond-shaped tablets for oral administration. Each tablet contains 2.5, 5, 10, or 20 mg of tadalafil and the following inactive ingredients: croscarmellose sodium, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose, iron oxide, lactose monohydrate, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, titanium dioxide, and triacetin.

Tadalafil, (6R-trans)-6-(l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2- methyl-pyrazino[r,2′:l,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-l,4-dione, with the structural formula shown below, is a white crystalline powder. (CAS# 171596-29-5). Tadalafil is a potent and selective inhibitor of the cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) – specific phosphodiesterase enzyme, PDE5. The inhibition of PDE5 increases the amount of cGMP, resulting in smooth muscle relaxation and increased blood flow. Tadalafil is therefore currently used in the treatment of male erectile dysfunction, and is commercially available as CIALIS ®.

Figure imgf000002_0001

Tadalafil U.S. Patent No. 5,859,006 describes the synthesis of tadalafil via the cyclization of TDCL (i.e., cis-methyl l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-chloroacetyl-l-(3,4- methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]mdole-3-carboxylate) using methylamine by purification by flash chromatography, followed by subsequent crystallization from methanol. Crude tadalafil typically requires additional purification steps, such as multiple extractions, crystallization, and/or flash chromatography, to remove the impurities present in the compound after synthesis is complete. Such purification processes increase the cost of producing tadalafil. Also, when repeating the US ‘006 process, about 250 volumes of methanol were necessary for the crystallization step

Tadalafil can be prepared via a series of intermediates. One synthesis for preparing tadalafil is illustrated below in Scheme I:

SCHEME I

Figure imgf000003_0001

U.S. Patent No. 5,859,006 discloses the synthesis of a tadalafil intermediate

(Compound III) from D-tryptophan methyl ester (Compound II) and piperonal (Compound

I) using trifluoroacetic acid and dichloromethane, a halogenated solvent. Compound III is then reacted with chloroacetyl chloride (Compound IV) and chloroform to provide another intermediate of tadalafil (Compound V).

WO 2004/011463 discloses a process of preparing tadalafil intermediates from D-tryptophan methyl ester HCl salt and piperonal by refluxing the reagents in isopropyl alcohol, reacting the intermediate thus obtained with chloroacetyl chloride and tetrahydrofuran (THF) to provide another intermediate of tadalafil.

WO 2006/110893 discloses a process for the preparation of methyl ester intermediate (Compound III), and tadalafil using the methyl ester intermediate (CompoundII).

U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0258865 Al discloses a synthesis of the tadalafil intermediate (Compound III) from D-tryptophan methyl ester

(Compound II) and piperonal (Compound I) using a dehydrating agent selected from Na2SO4, K2SO4, MgSO4, CaSO4, CaCl2, molecular sieve or mixtures thereof and a high boiling solvent such as N,N-Dimethyl acetamide. Compound III is then reacted with chloroacetyl chloride (Compound IV) in the presence of a base such as NaHCO3 and an organic solvent such as dichloromethane, providing another intermediate of tadalafil (Compound V), which is further reacted with aqueous methyl amine solution to provide tadalafil.

………………………………………….

EP2004644A1

WO2007110734A1

Scheme II and III.

Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000011_0002
Figure imgf000011_0003

……………………………………………………………………………………………………a compound of .Formula I

SCHEME III

Figure imgf000011_0004

SCHEME IV

Figure imgf000013_0001
Compound – 1                                                 Compound – II

EXAMPLE l

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in SchemeIV.

SCHEME IV

Figure imgf000013_0001

Compound – 1                                           Compound – II

Into a clean dry glass flask charged with ethanol (250 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added Compound 1 (25 g) under stirring. The reaction mass was cooled to 0 to 50C and monomethylamine gas was purged into the reaction mixture for about 2 hours while maintaining the temperature between 0 to 50C. The temperature was raised to 75 to 😯0C and the reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 to 5°C and monomethylamine gas was again purged into the reaction mixture at 0 to 5°C. The temperature was again raised to 75 to 800C and stirred for about 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to about 1/3 its original volume, cooled to 5 to 1O0C and stirred for 1 hour at this temperature. The solids were filtered and washed with chilled ethanol (50 ml). The wet solids were dried under vacuum for 6 hours.

Yield: 25g; Mp: 202-206.70C

Specific rotation (25°C) :+44.0 ( C=l% in DMSO)

13C NMR, DMSO-D6 : 25.78, 25.92, 57.89, 57.98, 101.17, 108.09, 108.32,

109.08, 111.48, 117.82, 118.62, 122.23, 122.97, 126.97, 135.97, 136.22, 136.55, 146.99,

147.48, 173.13

1H NMR, DMSO-D6, 300 MHz, Delta values: 2.6(m,lH), 2.7(m,3H),

2.8(d,lH), 3.0(d,lH), 3.6(bs,lH), 5.1(m,lH), 6.0(s,3H), 6.9-7.1(m, 5H), 7.2(d,lH),

7.4(d,lH), 7.8(bs, IH), 10.3(s, IH)

EXAMPLE 2

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in SchemeV.

SCHEME V

Figure imgf000014_0001

Formula III                                                                                     Formula II

Into a clean dry flask charged with dichloromethane (200 ml) was added

Compound II (25 g) obtained in Example 1 under stirring at 25 to 300C. Next, triethylamine (16.11 g) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 30 minutes at 20 to 300C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 to 5°C and a solution of chloroacetyl chloride (12.93 g) in chloroform (50 ml) was added to the reaction mixture while maintaining temperature between -5 to 50C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5 to 5°C for about 2 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml) was added to the reaction mass slowly and the temperature of the reaction mixture was raised to 25 to 300C. The lower organic layer was separated and washed twice with water (75 ml). The chloroform extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum until a thick yellow slurry was obtained. The slurry was cooled to 0 to5°C. The solids obtained were filtered and washed with 50 ml chilled chloroform. The wet product was dried at 750C under vacuum for 6 hours.

Yield: 22.5 g; HPLC Purity: 97%; Mp: 180-1820C

Specific rotation(25°C): -154.3(C=1% in DMSO)

13C. NMR(DMSO-Do, 300 MHZ)= 21.11, 25.88, 44.207, 51.60, 53.95,

101.16,107.66 109.56, 111.38, 118.36, 118.75, 121.58,122.74, 126.30, 130.31, 134.13,

136.57, 146.66, 147.03,167.43, 168.45

1H. NMR (CDC13, 300 MHZ):2.4(bs,3H), 3.1(m,lH), 3.8(m,lH),

4.3(bs,2H), 4.9(m,lH), 5.4(m,lH), 5.9(s,2H), 6.6-6.8(m,3H), 6.9(bs,lH), 7.1-7.3(m,3H),

7.6(d, IH), 7.7(bs,lH)

1H. NMR (DMSO-D6, 300 MHZ): 2.0 (bs,3H), 2.9(m,lH), 3.4(m,lH),

4.5(m,lH), 4.8(m,lH), 4.9(m,lH), 6.0(m,2H), 6.4-6.8(m,4H), 6.9-7.2(m,2H), 7.3(d, IH),

7.4(bs,lH), 7.5(d,lH), 10.8(s,lH)

EXAMPLE 3

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in SchemeVI.

SCHEME VI

Figure imgf000015_0001

Formula II                                                                         Formula I

Into a clean dry round bottom (RB) flask was charged tetrahydrofuran

(THF) (175 ml) under a nitrogen blanket and then cooled to -35 to -400C. Next 92 ml n- butyllithium (1.6 m solution in hexane) was added while maintaining the temperature between -35 to -400C. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred at -35 to -400C for 15 minutes. A solution of compound of formula II (22.5 g) obtained in Example 2 in THF (75 ml) was prepared and slowly added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature between -35 to -400C. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred at -35 to -400C for 2.5 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 ml) and 50 ml ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture at -35 to -400C. The temperature was raised to 25 to 300C and the two layers formed were separated. The upper organic layer was collected. The lower aqueous layer was thrice extracted with ethyl acetate (25 ml). The organic layers were combined together and washed with water (50 ml). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain crude tadalafil as a dark brown solid. [0058] Yield: 22 g; HPLC Purity: 50%.

EXAMPLE 4

Purification of crude tadalafil

The crude tadalafil (22 g) obtained in Example 3 was suspended in 110 ml methanol and stirred for 1 hour at 25 to 300C. The solids obtained were filtered and washed with 25 ml chilled methanol. The wet product was dried at 600C under vacuum for 6 hours. This was further purified by using isopropyl alcohol. Yield: 9 g; HPLC Purity: >99.5%.

EXAMPLE 5

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in SchemeVII.

Scheme VII

Figure imgf000016_0001

Formula VI where R = -OCH3 Formula VIA [0062] Into a clean dry RB flask charged with methanol (1900 ml) was added D- tryptophan methyl ester (190 g) under stirring at 25 to 300C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 to 50C. Monomethylamine gas was purged into the reaction mixture at 0 to 5°C for about 5-7 hours under stirring. The temperature of the reaction mixture was slowly raised to about 25 to 3O0C and stirred at this temperature for 5-7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to distill out the solvent. Diisopropyl ether (950 ml) was added and cooled to 25 to 3O0C under stirring for 1-2 hrs. The solids obtained were filtered, washed with Diisopropyl ether and dried under vacuum. [0063] MP: 122.4-1240C; Yield: 150 g (78.9 % w/w).

Specific rotation(25°C): +12.5 (C=I % in DMSO)

13 C NMR (300 MHZ,DMSO-D6): 25.71, 31.40, 55.67, 110.93, 111.55,

118.42, 118.73, 121.09, 123.95, 127.66,136.44, 175.39.

1H NMR (300 MHZ,DMSO-D6): 1.6(bs,2H), 2.5(m,3H), 2.8(m,lH),

3.1(m,lH), 3.4(m, IH), 6.9-7.2(m,3H), 7.3(d,lH), 7.5(d,lH), 7.8(bs,lH), 10.8(bs,lH)

EXAMPLE 6

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in Scheme VIII.

SCHEME VIII

Figure imgf000017_0001

Formula VIA                                Formula VII

Figure imgf000017_0002

Into a clean, dry flask charged with methylene dichloride (MDC) (1000 ml) was added D-tryptophan methyl amide, the compound of Formula VIA (50 g), and piperonal, the compound of Formula VII (31.09 g), under stirring at 25 to 300C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 to 5°Cunder nitrogen atmosphere. Trifluoroacetic acid (85.3 g) was dissolved in MDC (250 ml) and the solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture at 0 to 5°C. The temperature of the reaction mixture was raised to 20 to 300C and stirred at this temperature for 14-16 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC, workup was done as follows, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 8-9 using sodium carbonate solution under stirring, the two layers were settled, separated and the lower MDC layer was washed with water. The MDC layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The reaction mass was concentrated under vacuum at 40 to 5O0C to remove the solvent. The compound was precipitated using ethyl acetate, the solids were filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and dried.

Yield: 52.5 g; Yield: 105% w/w, HPLC Purity: 71% cis and 27% trans isomer (HPLC).

EXAMPLE 7

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in Scheme IX.

SCHEME IX

1]CICOCH2C1 2]crystn

Figure imgf000018_0001
Formula m
Figure imgf000018_0002

Formula H

Into a clean dry flask charge with dichloromethane (400 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added the compound of Formula III obtained in Example 6 and triethylamine (28.96 g) under stirring at 20 to 3O0C. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 to 50C. A mixture of chloroacetyl chloride (25.85 g) in dichloromethane (100 ml) was prepared and slowly added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature between -5 to 50C in 1-2 hrs. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 to 50C for 30 min and then saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (100 ml) was added at 5 to 100C under stirring. The temperature of the reaction mixture was raised to 25 to 300C and stirred at this temperature for 15 minutes. The layers were then separated. The lower MDC layer was collected, washed twice with 100 ml water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The

MDC layer was concentrated to distill out MDC until a stirrable mass was left behind. The mass was cooled to 25-3O0C and filtered, washed, to yield off-white to light yellow colored solids. The resulted product was the cis isomer, the trans isomer left behind in the mother liquor.

Yield = 25.5 g (50%w/w); HPLC Purity: > 97%.

The physical and spectral data was similar to that obtained in Example 2.

EXAMPLE 8

The reaction scheme of this example is generally shown below in SchemeX.

SCHEME X

Figure imgf000019_0001

Formula II

Into a clean dry round bottom (RB) flask was charged THF (1625 ml) under a nitrogen blanket and then cooled to -35 to -400C. Next, 505 ml n-butyllithium (1.6 m solution in hexane) was added while maintaining the temperature between -35 to -4O0C. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred at -35 to -4O0C for 15 minutes. 72 ml diisopropyl amine was then added at -35 to -400C and then stirred at 0-50C for 1 hr. A solution of Compound of formula II (125 g) obtained in Example 7 in THF (625 ml) was prepared and slowly added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature between -40 to -5O0C. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred at -35 to -400C for 2-6 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (250 ml) and ethyl acetate (125 ml) was added to the reaction mixture at -35 to -400C. The temperature was raised to 25 to 300C and the two layers formed were separated. The upper organic layer was collected. The lower aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (65 ml). The organic layers were combined together and distilled. Isopropyl alcohol (1250 ml) was added and the distillation was continued. A mixture of methanol (250 ml) and isopropanol (375 ml) were added and crude tadalafϊl was obtained upon cooling. The crude product was filtered, washed with water and dried. [0076] Yield: 60 g; (48% w/w); HPLC Purity: >99%.

EXAMPLE 9

Purification of crude Tadalafil

The crude tadalafil obtained in Example 8 was suspended in methanol (600 ml) and stirred for 1 hour at reflux. The mixture was cooled and the solids obtained were filtered and washed with chilled methanol (60 ml). The wet product was dried at under vacuum.

Yield: 56 g; HPLC Purity: 99.8%.

……………………………………………………………………………………

Beilstein J. Org. Chem. 2011, 7, 442–495.

http://www.beilstein-journals.org/bjoc/single/articleFullText.htm?publicId=1860-5397-7-57#S28

A different approach was used in the synthesis of the phosphodiesterase inhibitor tadalafil (132, Cialis) starting from commercially available (D)-tryptophan methyl ester to form the indolopiperidine motif 135 via a Pictet–Spengler reaction followed by a double condensation to install the additional diketopiperazine ring (Scheme 28[38,39].

[1860-5397-7-57-i28]
Scheme 28: Optimised Pictet–Spengler reaction towards tadalafil.

To achieve the high levels of cis selectivity required from the Pictet–Spengler reaction, an extensive investigation of solvents and the influence of additives was undertaken [40]. It was identified that the use of a specific 23 mol % of benzoic acid significantly increased the cis/trans ratio from a base level of 55:45 to 92:8 (16 h reaction time at ambient temperature) in an overall yield of 86%. It was also determined that more polar solvents such as acetonitrile and nitromethane preferentially solvated the trans product and thereby allowed the isolation of the ciscompound by precipitation. It was also shown that by heating the reaction mixture under reflux the product distribution could be driven to the thermodynamically more favoured cis isomer having both the ester and the piperonyl moiety in equatorial positions. Hence, after heating under reflux for 8 h the cis/trans ratio was found to be 99:1 and the product could be isolated in an overall yield of 91%. This work represents an impressive example of a well considered and executed process optimisation study.

………………………………

The process disclosed in the patent US 5 859 006 (Scheme 1) involves condensation of D-tryptophan methyl ester with a piperonal derivative to yield a compound of formula (II). After conversion into a thioamide derivative of formula (III), cyclization occurs in presence of both an alkylating and reducing agents to provide a tetrahydro-β-carboline derivative of formula (IV), which on treatment with chloroacetyl chloride and methyl amine, gives Tadalafil. The compound of formula (IV) can also be obtained in one step, after separation of the other diastereoisomer, by a Pictet Spengler reaction between D-tryptophan methyl ester and piperonal in presence of an acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid.

  • Figure imgb0002
  • The patent application WO2007/10038 discloses the reaction of D-tryptophan with piperonal to provide a tetrahydro-β-carboline acid that was cyclised to Tadalafil in presence of a sarcosine derivative.
    The patent application WO2007/1107 discloses the reaction of D-tryptophan methyl amide with piperonal, to provide an intermediate that after reaction with chloroacetyl chloride cyclises to Tadalafil in presence of butyllithium.
    Thus, the active substance prepared by the processes known up till now can only be obtained in a satisfactory quality after running through a large number of process steps. Moreover a toxic alkylating agent, such as methylamine, is often used.

EP2181997A1

Example 1

  • (1R,3R)-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2-(benzyl(methyl)amino)acetyl)-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate (VII)
    Figure imgb0007
  • A 50 mL three-necked flask fitted with thermometer and reflux condenser was charged with (1R,3R)-methyl 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-chloroacetyl-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrido [3,4-b] indole-3-carboxylate (VI) (1.39 g, 3.26 mmol), DMA (5.33 mL), K2CO3 (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) and N-benzylmethylamine (0.41 mL, 3.26 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature. After 2 hours, the mixture was poured in brine (20 mL) and extracted with isopropyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with brine (3 x 5 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a residue under reduced pressure, affording 1.5 g of the desired product (VII), as a white solid. Yield: 70%.
    1H NMR (d6-DMSO 300 MHz, 298K) 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.94-3.00 (m, 5H), 3.44-3.68 (m, 3H), 5.56 (bd, J = 6.4, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 6.55 (bd, J = 7.4, 1H), 6.75 (bs, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 6.84 (bs, 1H), 7.05 (td, J = 7.4, 0.9, 1H), 7.12 (td, J = 7.5, 1.2, 1H), 7.17-7.32 (m, 6H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.7, 1H), 10.76 (bs, 1H)
    13C NMR (d6-DMSO 75.4 MHz, 298K) 21.9, 42.5, 51.3, 51.9, 52.4, 61.0, 61.7, 101.5, 107.0, 108.0, 109.8, 111.8, 118.5, 119.2, 122.0, 123.0, 126.7, 127.7, 128.7, 129.6, 131.1, 134.7, 137.1, 138.6, 147.1, 147.5, 170.6, 171.5

Example 2

  • (6R-trans)-6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-methyl-pyrazino [1′,2′:1,6] pyrido [3,4-b] indole-1,4-dione (Tadalafil) (I)
    Figure imgb0008

    Under H2 atmosphere (3 atm) and magnetic stirring, Raney® Ni (2800 slurry in water, 0.0276 g, 0.47 mmol), previously washed with methanol (3 times), was added to a solution of (1R,3R)-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2-(benzyl(methyl)amino)acetyl)-1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate (VII) (3.00 g, 4.70 mmol) in DMA (21.3 mL). The mixture was heated at 90°C for 17 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The suspension was filtered over a pad of Celite® and the resulting solutionand the resulting solution was concentrated until 6 mL. Methanol (12 mL) was added and the solid which was so obtained was filtered over Buchner, washed with methanol (4 mL) and oven-dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, affording 1.3 g of the title compound, as a white solid. Yield: 70%
    1H NMR (d6-DMSO 300 MHz, 298K): 2.91-3.00 (m, 4H), 3.32 (s, 1H), 3.47-3.54 (dd, J = 4.6, 11.3, 1H), 3.93 (d, J = 17.1, 1H), 4.17 (d, J = 17.1, 1H), 4.35-4.40 (dd, J = 4.27, 11.6, 1H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.98-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 7.9, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.3, 1H), 11.0 (s, 1H)
    13C NMR (d6-DMSO 75.4 MHz, 298K) 23.8, 33.4, 52.0, 55.9, 56.1, 101.5, 105.3, 107.6, 108.6, 111.9, 118.7, 119.5, 119.9, 121.8, 126.4, 134.5, 136.8, 137.6, 146.7, 147.6, 167.1, 167.5

References

  1.  Daugan, A; Grondin P, Ruault C, Le Monnier de Gouville AC, Coste H, Kirilovsky J, Hyafil F, Labaudinière R (October 9, 2003). “The discovery of tadalafil: a novel and highly selective PDE5 inhibitor. 1: 5,6,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[1′,5′:1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,3(2H)-dione analogues”. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 46 (21): 4525–32. doi:10.1021/jm030056e . PMID 14521414.
  2.  Richards, Rhonda (September 17, 1991). “ICOS At A Crest On Roller Coaster”. USA Today. p. 3B.
  3.  Ervin, Keith (June 21, 1998). “Deep Pockets + Intense Research + Total Control = The Formula — Bothell Biotech Icos Keeps The Pipeline Full Of Promise”The Seattle Times. p. F1. Retrieved January 10, 2009.
  4.  Revill, Jo (February 2, 2003). “Drugs giant says its new pill will pack more punch than rival Viagra”The Observer. Retrieved 2007-04-06.
  5.  http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm274642.htm
  6.  https://www.consumerreports.org/health/resources/pdf/best-buy-drugs/money-saving-guides/english/PillSplitting-FINAL.pdf
  7.  “FDA Announces Revisions to Labels for Cialis, Levitra and Viagra”Food and Drug Administration. 2007-10-18. Retrieved 2009-09-28.
  8.  “Cialis: Warnings, Precautions, Pregnancy, Nursing, Abuse”. RxList. 2007. Retrieved 2007-04-06.
  9.  Bischoff, E (June 2004). “Potency, selectivity, and consequences of nonselectivity of PDE inhibition”International Journal of Impotence Research 16: S11–4.doi:10.1038/sj.ijir.3901208 . PMID 15224129. Retrieved January 19, 2009.
  10.  Elliott, Stuart (January 10, 2006). “For Impotence Drugs, Less Wink-Wink”The New York Times. p. C2. Retrieved January 15, 2009.
  11.  Elliott, Stuart (April 25, 2004). “Viagra and the Battle of the Awkward Ads”The New York Times. p. 1. Retrieved January 15, 2009.
  12. McCarthy, Shawn (March 5, 2005). “First they tried to play it safe; Ads for erectile dysfunction drug Cialis bared all – including a scary potential side effect. It was risky but it has paid off”. The Globe and Mail. p. B4.
  13.  Loyd, Linda (July 6, 2003). “Two Pills Look to Topple Viagra’s Reign in Market; Levitra Expects Approval Next Month, Cialis Later This Year”. The Philadelphia Inquirer. p. E01.
  14. 38  is 1 below
  15. 39 is 2 below
  16. 40 is 3 below
    1. daugan, A. C.-M. Tetracyclic Derivatives; Process of Preparation and Use. U.S. Patent 5,859,006, Jan 12, 1999.
    2. Daugan, A. C.-M. Tetracyclic Derivatives, Process of Preparation and Use. U.S. Patent 6,025,494, Feb 15, 2000.
    3. Shi, X.-X.; Liu, S.-L.; Xu, W.; Xu, Y.-L. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2008, 19, 435–442.doi:10.1016/j.tetasy.2007.12.017

DAUGAN A ET AL: “THE DISCOVERY OF TADALAFIL: A NOVEL AND HIGHLY SELECTIVE PDE5 INHIBITOR. 2: 2,3,6,7,12,12A-HEXAHYDROPYRAZINO[1′,2′:1,6 ÜPYRIDO[3,4-B ÜINDOLE-1,4-DIONE” JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 46, no. 21, 2003, pages 4533-4542, XP008052656 ISSN: 0022-2623

13 C NMR OF TADALAFIL

COSY NMR OF TADALAFIL

 

DEPT NMR OF TADALAFIL

 

HSQC NMR OF TADALAFIL

 

 

HMBC NMR OF TADALAFIL

MASS SPECTRUM OF TADALAFIL

 

 

 

 

 

UV OF TADALAFIL

 

RAMAN SPEC OF TADALAFIL

 

 

WO2009004557A2 * Jun 28, 2008 Jan 8, 2009 Ranbaxy Lab Ltd A process for the preparation of intermediates of tetracyclic compounds
WO2009148341A1 Jun 3, 2009 Dec 10, 2009 Zaklady Farmaceutyczne Polpharma Sa Process for preparation of tadalafil
WO2012107549A1 Feb 10, 2012 Aug 16, 2012 Interquim, S.A. PROCESS FOR OBTAINING COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM TETRAHYDRO-ß-CARBOLINE
EP2107059A1 Mar 31, 2008 Oct 7, 2009 LEK Pharmaceuticals D.D. Conversion of tryptophan into ß-carboline derivatives
US8445698 Jun 28, 2008 May 21, 2013 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of an intermediate of tadalafil
Share
Follow

Get every new post on this blog delivered to your Inbox.

Join other followers: